Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / St Barbara Ltd

St Barbara Ltd

sbm · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sbm
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · St Barbara Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2013 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FY13 was a year of transformation, including: 

˃  The  acquisition  of  two  prospective  Pacific  Operations:  Simberi  gold  operations  in  Papua 

New Guinea and Gold Ridge gold operations in the Solomon Islands; 

˃  The sale of Southern Cross Operations (which had been on care and maintenance);  
˃  A  significant  reduction  in  the  Company’s  total  recordable  injury  frequency  rate  to  6.0  

(the lowest on record); and 

˃  The issue of US$250 million 5 year senior secured notes to refinance bank debt and provide 

working capital. 

The Company enters FY14 well positioned, with: 

˃  A diversified portfolio of gold operations, with each mine open at depth or along strike; 
˃  Strongly  performing  Australian  Operations  including  significant  net  cash  generation  from 

˃ 

the Gwalia mine; 
Increasing  gold  production  from  the  Pacific  Operations,  expected  to  be  underpinned  by 
appropriate  capital  expenditure  (largely  already  incurred)  and  the  implementation  of 
St Barbara operating capabilities and systems; 

˃  The largest ore reserve position, 5.2 million ounces of contained gold, of any mid-tier ASX 

listed gold company; 

˃  A number of near mine prospective targets at each operation that are planned to be drilled 

this year; and 

˃  A strong balance sheet sufficient to finance the Company’s strategy and with flexibility to 

adapt to different gold price environments. 

Gold Production 
364,601 ounces     8% 

Total Recordable Injury  
Frequency Rate 6.0   3.0 

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

0

100

200

300

400

0

5

10

15

Page ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

St Barbara at a glance 

Leonora 

Leonora 

•  High grade underground  

Gwalia mine 

•  Gwalia FY14F production: 

180 - 195 koz 

•  Ore body open at depth 
•  King of the Hills  FY14F 
production: 55-60 koz 

Simberi 

Gold Ridge 

Simberi 

•  Low strip open pit mine 
•  FY14F production: 

85 - 100 koz 

•  Near mine targets for 

exploration 

•  Sulphide expansion 

potential 

Gold Ridge 

•  Low strip open pit mine 
•  Processing plant upgraded 
•  FY14F production: 

75 - 90 koz 

•  Near mine targets for 

exploration 

Ore Reserves as at 30 June 2013 

FY14F Production Guidance 

Ore Reserves 

Mt  g/t Au 

koz 

Leonora, Western Australia 

9.6 

6.9  2,128 

Gold Ridge, Solomon Islands  17.8 

1.6 

905 

Simberi, Papua New Guinea  50.4 

1.4  2,205 

Total Reserves all Regions 

77.8 

2.1  5,238 

Mineral Resources & Ore Reserves 
(Moz) 

13.22 

7.61 

2.53 

5.24 

FY 12

Mineral Resources

FY 13
Ore Reserves

Gold Ridge 
75-90 koz 

Simberi  
85-100 koz 

Gwalia 
180-195 koz 

King of the Hills 
55-60 koz 

5.24 Moz Ore Reserves 

Leonora 
41% 

Simberi 
42% 

Gold Ridge 
17% 

Page iii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Contents 

3   Directors’ Report 

  47   Financial Report 

 129  Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources Statements 

 137  Corporate Governance Statement 

Page iv 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Directors’ Report 

and 

Financial Report 

For Year Ended 30 June 2013 

Page 1 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT .................................................................................................................. 3 

Directors ........................................................................................................................................ 3 

Principal activities ......................................................................................................................... 3 

Dividends ....................................................................................................................................... 3 

Overview of Results....................................................................................................................... 3 

Significant changes in the state of affairs ................................................................................... 12 

Business strategy and future prospects. ..................................................................................... 13 

Regulatory environment ............................................................................................................. 19 

Information on Directors ............................................................................................................ 20 

Information on Executives .......................................................................................................... 23 

Meetings of Directors.................................................................................................................. 24 

Remuneration report (Audited) .................................................................................................. 24 

Indemnification and insurance of officers .................................................................................. 43 

Proceedings on behalf of the company ...................................................................................... 43 

Environmental management ...................................................................................................... 43 

Non-audit services ...................................................................................................................... 44 

Auditor independence ................................................................................................................ 44 

Events occurring after the end of the financial year .................................................................. 44 

Rounding of amounts .................................................................................................................. 45 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration .......................................................................................... 46 

FINANCIAL REPORT ................................................................................................................... 47 

Page 2 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report on the “St Barbara Group”, consisting of St Barbara Limited and the 
entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the financial year ended 30 June 2013. 

Directors 

The following persons were Directors of St Barbara Limited at any time during the year and up to the 
date of this report: 
 
S J C Wise 
 
T J Lehany 
  D W Bailey 
 
 
  R K Rae 

Chairman 
Managing Director & CEO 
Non-executive director 
Non-executive director 
Non-executive director 
Non-executive director 

E A Donaghey 
P C Lockyer 

The qualifications, experience and special responsibilities of the Directors are presented on pages 20 to 
22. 

Principal activities 

During  the  year  the  principal  activities  of  the  Group  were  mining  and  the  sale  of  gold,  mineral 
exploration  and  development.  There  were  no  significant  changes  in  the  nature  of  activities  of  the 
Group during the year. 

Dividends 

There were no dividends paid or declared during the financial year. 

Overview of Results 

The Group reported a statutory net loss after tax of $191,854,000 (2012: statutory profit after tax of 
$130,230,000) for the year ended 30 June 2013, including Significant Items totaling a net loss after tax 
of $221,139,000 (2012: net  gain of $9,310,000) which included an asset impairment and write down 
charge.  Underlying net profit after tax before significant items was $29,285,000 (2012: net profit of 
$120,920,000).  The full year review of St Barbara’s asset carrying values as a result of the continuing 
lower gold price environment and other factors gave rise to the impairment of the carrying value of 
the Simberi and Gold Ridge gold mines and write down of assets associated with these operations.  

Cash  on  hand  (excluding  restricted  cash)  at  30  June  2013  was  $117,383,000  (2012:  $185,242,000).  
Total interest bearing borrowings were $328,092,000 (2012: $4,256,000). 

Page 3 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The consolidated result for the year is summarised as follows:  

Sales revenue (including discontinued operations)7 
EBITDA3 (including significant items)  
EBIT2 (including significant items) 
Profit before tax4 
Statutory (Loss)/Profit1 after tax for the year 

Sales revenue (excluding discontinued operations) 

30 June 13 
$’0007 

30 June 12 
$’000 

568,443 

 (150,628) 

 (251,630) 

(270,711) 

(191,854) 

511,840 

541,189 

204,034 

106,811 

109,499 

130,230 

384,396 

9,310 

48,239 

181,631 

141,051 

(221,139) 

Total net significant items 
EBITDA3 – excluding significant items 
EBIT2 – excluding significant items 
Profit before tax – excluding significant items4 
Underlying net profit after tax5 for the year 
1 Statutory Profit is net profit after tax attributable to owners of the parent. 
2  EBIT  is  earnings  before  interest  revenue,  finance  costs  and  income  tax  expense.  It  includes  revenues  and  expenses  associated  with  discontinued 
operations. 
3 EBITDA is EBIT before depreciation and amortisation.  It includes revenues and expenses associated with discontinued operations. 
4 Profit before tax is earnings before income tax expense. It includes revenues and expenses associated with discontinued operations. 
5  Underlying  net  profit  after  income  tax  is  net  profit  after  income  tax  (“Statutory  Profit”)  less  significant  items  as  described  in  Note  9  to  the  financial 
report, and excluding profit or loss from discontinued operations.   
6 EBIT, EBITDA and underlying net profit after tax are non-IFRS financial measures, which have not been subject to review or audit by the Group’s external 
auditors.  These measures are presented to enable understanding of the underlying performance of the Group by users. 
7 Revenue, EBIT (including significant items), EBITDA (including significant items) and Statutory (Loss)/Profit provided in this table contain information for 
continuing and discontinued operations. Sales revenue includes $56,603,000 of revenue from Southern Cross (2012: $156,793,000) and Statutory Profit 
for the year includes an after tax loss of $7,875,000 (2012: loss of $357,000) for Southern Cross. 

120,920 

120,920 

118,232 

29,285 

34,836 

Details of significant items included in the Statutory (Loss)/Profit for the year are displayed in the table 
below.  Descriptions of each item are provided in Note 9 to the financial report. 

Unrealised gain/(loss) on gold options 

Realised gain on gold options 

30 June 13 
$’000 

30 June 12 
$’000 

14,205 

1,498 

(6,102) 

702 

Asset impairments and  write downs 

(309,170) 

(10,219) 

Borrowing costs written off 

Redundancy costs 

Allied Gold related acquisition costs 

Integration costs 

Profit on sale of Southern Cross 

(5,678) 

(2,131) 

(7,862) 

(7,268) 

22,109 

- 

- 

(5,664) 

- 

- 

Operating (loss)/profit from discontinued operations 

(11,250) 

9,862 

Significant items before tax 

Significant items after tax 

(305,547) 

(11,421) 

(221,139) 

9,310 

Page 4 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Asset impairments and write downs 

The  full  year  review  of  the  Group’s  asset  carrying  values  in  the  context  of  the  lower  gold  price 
environment has resulted in the impairment and write down of the carrying value of assets totalling a 
loss of $220,913,000 after tax. 

Write down of assets 
Inventories 

Simberi 
$’000 

Gold Ridge 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

28,546 

10,975 

39,521 

Impairments 
Property, plant and equipment 
Mining properties 
Deferred mining costs 
Mineral rights 
Goodwill 
Total asset impairments and write downs 
Tax effect 
Total asset impairments and write downs after tax 

92,069 
690 
- 
75,808 
2,535 
 199,648 

54,649 
240 
849 
41,339 
1,470 
 109,522 

146,718 
930 
849 
117,147 
4,005 
309,170 
(88,257) 
220,913 

Acquisition of Allied Gold Mining Plc 

The Group became the sole shareholder of Allied Gold Mining Plc ("Allied Gold") on 7 September 2012 
and acquired the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of Allied Gold for $1.025 in cash, 
and  0.8  St  Barbara  shares  for  each  Allied  Gold share.    AASB  3  “Business  Combinations”  requires  the 
application of acquisition accounting, which involves recognising and measuring the identifiable assets 
acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  the  determination  of  mining  rights  assets  and  goodwill.    In 
accordance with AASB 3, at 30 June 2013, the initial accounting for the acquisition of Allied Gold has 
been provisionally determined. 

Included  in  the  statutory  profit  for  the  year  is  a  net  loss  before  tax  of  $30,233,000  before  the  asset 
impairment  and  write down  charge,  attributable  to the  Allied  operations  (“Pacific  Operations”)  from 
the effective date of acquisition to 30 June 2013.  As part of the transaction an integration program 
was established to bring the two organisations under the single operating model.  This has entailed a 
number  of  key  activities  relating  to  synergies,  organisational  design,  policies  and  procedures, 
telecommunications  and  IT  systems,  planning  processes  and  legal  and  financial  structures.    The 
implementation  plan  for  the  program  was  completed  during  the  financial  year  and  execution  of  the 
plan is well advanced. 

Costs associated with the acquisition of Allied Gold amounted to $7,862,000 and the costs incurred in 
relation  to the  integration  program  were  $7,268,000.    In  addition, redundancy costs  associated  with 
integration of the two companies were $2,131,000 in the year. 

The  Pacific  Operations  did  not  achieve  the  level  of  operational  performance  planned  for  the  2013 
financial  year.    The  rate  of  progress  towards  achieving  the  expected  production  performance  in  the 
Pacific Operations is slower than expected and has required more attention than previously planned.  
Two  key  issues  impacting  production  have  been  the  delay  in  commissioning  the  Simberi  Oxide 

Page 5 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

expansion,  and  materially  lower  metallurgical  recovery  at  Gold  Ridge.    The  resolution  of  these  two 
issues is the immediate focus for the Pacific Operations. 

Overview of Operating Results 

The  statutory  loss  of  $191,854,000  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2013  (2012:  statutory  profit  of 
$130,230,000) was impacted by the lower operating profit from Leonora as a result of lower achieved 
gold  prices  during  the  year,  the  sale  of  Southern  Cross,  the  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  PLC,  which 
resulted in (1) negative contributions from the Simberi and Gold Ridge operations, and (2) increased 
corporate  costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  and  integration  activities,  and  the  asset  impairment 
and write downs of the Pacific assets. 

For the year ended 30 June 2013, the Group reported an underlying profit before tax of $34,836,000 
(2012:  $120,920,000).    The  underlying  profit  removes  the  impact  of  significant  items,  including  the 
asset  impairment  and  write  down  charge  and  result  of  the  Southern  Cross  operations  disclosed  as 
“discontinued  operations”  for  accounting  purposes.   Underlying  profit  after  tax  was  $29,285,000 
(2012: $120,920,000). 

Group  revenue  (excluding  Southern  Cross)  increased  from  $384,396,000  in  2012  to  $511,840,000  in 
2013.  The acquisition of the Pacific Operations resulted in a total increase of $139,684,000 from total 
gold  sales  of  88,262oz  at  a  realised  gold  price  of  A$1,564/oz.    Revenue  from  Australian  Operations 
(consisting of the Gwalia and King of the Hills underground mines) was adversely impacted by lower 
average spot gold prices in 2013 compared with 2012. 

Revenue from Southern Cross in 2013 was $56,603,000 (2012: $156,793,000). 

The  table  below  provides  a  summary  of  the  contribution  before  tax  from  continued  operations  in 
Australia and the Pacific before the asset impairment and write down charge of $309,170,000. 

Year ended 30 June 2013 
$’000 
Revenue 

Mine operating costs 

Gross Profit 

Royalties 

Depreciation and Amortisation 
Contribution from operations(1) 

Australian 
Operations(2) 
372,156 

Pacific 
Operations(3) 
139,684 

Consolidated 

511,840  

(177,874) 

(140,183) 

(318,057) 

194,282 

(14,715) 

(64,105) 

115,462 

(499) 

193,783  

(3,846) 

(25,888) 

(30,233) 

(18,561) 

(89,993) 

85,229 

(1) Excludes corporate and exploration costs, interest and tax, and discontinued operations.  This is non-IFRS financial information, 
which has not been subject to review or audit by the Group’s external auditors. This measure is presented to enable understanding 
of the underlying performance of the operations. 
(2) Comprising the Gwalia and King of the Hills operations.  Southern Cross is classified as a discontinued operation. 
(3) Comprising the Simberi and Gold Ridge operations. 

The  contribution  from  Southern  Cross  in  2013  was  a  net  loss  of  $11,250,000  (2012:    net  loss  of 
$357,000).  The net loss from Southern Cross in 2013 comprised a net profit (before depreciation and 
amortisation)  from  operations  of  $5,185,000,  care  and  maintenance  costs  of  $8,245,000  and 
depreciation  and  amortisation  of  $8,190,000  (2012:  $33,824,000).    Southern  Cross  Operations 
generated positive net cash flows during the year. 

Page 6 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Analysis of Australian Operations 

Total  sales  revenue  (excluding  discontinued  operations)  of  $372,156,000  (2012:  $384,396,000)  was 
generated  from  gold  sales  of  239,667  ounces  (2012:  238,307  ounces)  in  the  year  at  an  average 
achieved  gold  price  of  A$1,543  per  ounce  (2012:  A$1,606  per  ounce).    Although  production  was 
consistent with the prior year, revenue was adversely impacted by the decline in the spot gold price 
during the year. 

A summary of production performance for the year ended 30 June 2013 is provided in the table below. 

Details of 2013 Production Performance 

Southern Cross 

Gwalia 

King of the Hills 

2012/13 

2011/12 

2012/13 

2011/12 

2012/13 

2011/12 

Underground Ore Mined 

t 

254,748 

892,365 

696,268 

662,300 

470,058 

457,375 

   Grade 

Ore Milled 

   Grade 

   Recovery 

Gold Production 
Cash Cost(1) 
Total Cost(1) 

g/t Au  

2.2 

2.9 

8.2 

8.8 

4.4 

4.1 

t 

800,477 

1,842,820 

833,771 

716,640 

439,398 

452,941 

g/t Au 

% 

oz 

A$/oz 

A$/oz 

1.4 

86 

1.9 

89 

7.1 

96 

8.3 

97 

4.4 

95 

4.1 

94 

31,468 

97,392 

183,116 

184,534 

58,477 

56,953 

1,440 

1,700 

1,199 

1,482 

751 

979 

646 

882 

843 

1,193 

753 

1,051 

(1) Before significant items 

Gwalia 

Gold production from the Gwalia underground mine in the  year was 183,116 ounces (2012: 184,534 
ounces), which was consistent with the prior year.  Ore tonnes mined increased from 662,300 tonnes 
in 2012 to 696,268 tonnes in 2013, largely due to strong production performance in the final quarter of 
the financial year.  Ore milled grades declined from 8.3g/t Au in 2012 to 7.1g/t Au in 2013 largely due 
to an increase in processing of low grade stockpiles from Tower Hill and Gwalia mineralised waste in 
order to capitalise on plant capacity. 
Gwalia unit cash operating costs1 for the year were $751 per ounce (2012: $646 per ounce), reflecting 
the impact of cost inflation and the  result of poor performance in the third quarter arising from drill 
and  blast  execution  issues.    Total  Cash  Operating  Costs1  at  Gwalia  of  $137,520,000  were  higher 
compared  with  the  prior  year  (2012:  $119,158,000)  due  to  the  increase  in  mining  volumes  and  cost 
inflation.   

King of the Hills 

Gold  production  from  the  King  of  the  Hills  underground  mine  was  58,477  ounces  (2012:  56,953 
ounces).    The  average  grade  increased  to  4.4g/t  Au  in  2013  (2012:  4.1g/t  Au)  as  a  result  of  the 
application  of  selective  mining  methods  in  the  Western  Flank.   As  priority  is  given  to  higher  grade 
Gwalia ore for processing in the mill, a stockpile of ore was established with an estimated 5,000 ounces 
of contained gold at 30 June 2013.   The King of the Hills unit cash operating costs for the year were 

1 Cash Operating Costs are mine operating costs including government royalties, and after by-product credits.  This is a non-IFRS financial 
measure which has not been subject to review or audit by the Group’s external auditors.  It is presented to provide meaningful 
information to assist management, investors and analysts in understanding the results of the operations.  Cash Operating Costs are 
calculated according to common mining industry practice using The Gold Institute (USA) Production Cost Standard (1999 revision). 

Page 7 of 128 

 
 
 
 
  
 
                                                           
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

$843 per ounce (2012: $753 per ounce), with the increase due mainly to the higher cost of mining the 
Western flank.  Total Cash Operating Costs at King of the Hills were $49,296,000 (2012: $42,870,000). 

At the end of the June 2013 quarter, a surface diamond drilling program commenced with the aim of 
extending  the  deposit  further  north.    This  program  will  be  followed  up  by  an  underground  drilling 
program on potential resource extensions with the objective of extending the mine life. 

Southern Cross 

Up until the date of sale on 19 April 2013, Southern Cross operations generated positive net cash flows 
of  $2,670,000  (after  care  and  maintenance  costs  incurred  of  $8,245,000).   The  Marvel  Loch 
underground mine produced 31,468 ounces (2012: 97,392  ounces) in the period until the operations 
were placed on care and maintenance in November 2012.  Southern Cross unit cash operating costs for 
the  period  were  $1,440  per  ounce  (2012:  $1,199  per  ounce),  reflecting  the  impact  of  the  lower 
production  and  processing  of  low  grade  stockpiles.    Total  Cash  Operating  Costs  were  $45,314,000 
(2012: $116,819,000). 

On 19 April 2013, the Southern Cross mine was sold for net cash proceeds of $17,648,000, resulting in 
an  accounting  profit  before  tax  of  $22,109,000.    The  accounting  profit  included  the  release  of  the 
rehabilitation provision of $16,852,000. 

Analysis of Pacific Operations 

Total  sales  revenue  of  $139,684,000  was  generated  from  gold  sales  of  88,262  ounces  in  the  period 
since acquisition on 7 September 2012 at an average achieved gold price of A$1,564 per ounce.   

Planning for the integration of the Pacific Operations was completed in the period and integrating the 
new  operations  into  St  Barbara  was  well  progressed  at  30  June  2013.    A  summary  of  production 
performance for the period ended 30 June 2013 is provided in the table below. 

Details of 2013 Production Performance 

Simberi 

Gold Ridge 

10 months to 30 Jun 13(1)  10 months to 30 Jun 13(1) 

Open Pit Ore Mined 

   Grade 

kt 

g/t Au 

Ore Milled (including stockpiles) 

kt 

   Grade 

   Recovery 

Gold Production 

Cash Cost 
Total Cost(2) 

g/t Au 

% 

oz 

A$/oz 

A$/oz 

1,942 

1.0 

1,471 

1.1 

88 

45,609 

1,294 

1,621 

1,581 

1.5 

1,437 

1.5 

65 

45,931 

1,702 

2,111 

Production attributable to St Barbara from 7 September 2012 

(1) 
(2)  Does  not 
Combinations” arising from the acquisition of Allied Gold Plc. 

include  fair  value  adjustments  posted  per  AASB  3  “Business 

Page 8 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Simberi 

Since  the  acquisition  date,  Simberi  produced  45,609  ounces  at  1.1  grams  per  tonne  for  the  period.  
Production was impacted by mining fleet and processing plant reliability issues.  Commissioning of the 
oxide  plant  expansion  (from  2.0  million  tonnes  to  3.5  million  tonnes  capacity)  has  been  delayed  by 
government permits taking more time than anticipated.  The new mill will improve plant reliability and 
realise  cost  efficiencies  from  the  increased  throughput.    Unit  cash  operating  costs  were  $1,294  per 
ounce for the period and were negatively impacted by lower mining and processing throughput rates, 
coupled with higher maintenance costs.  Total Cash Operating Costs were $59,018,000 for the period.   

Gold Ridge 

After experiencing delays in ore production as a result of a backlog of waste stripping created prior to 
the change of control of the assets, production at Gold Ridge steadily increased quarter on quarter, to 
achieve production of 45,931 ounces for the period.  Unit cash operating costs were $1,702 per ounce 
for the period and were negatively impacted by production delays in the first half of the financial year, 
mechanical  issues  in  the  processing  plant  and  materially  lower  recoveries  as  a  result  of  processing 
more  refractory  ore  than  anticipated.    Detailed  structural  and  geochemical  analysis  has  identified  a 
higher  occurrence  of  arsenopyrite  than  previously  documented,  and  processing  solutions  to  address 
the higher refractory content and lift recovery rates are being investigated.  Total Cash Operating Costs 
were $78,175,000 for the period.  

Corporate and Discovery & Growth 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure in the year amounted to $21,144,000 (2012: $20,821,000), of 
which  was  all  expensed  in  the  income  statement  (2012:  $16,246,000).    Expenditure  incurred  in 
Australia  in  the  year  amounted  to  $12,809,000,  while  exploration  in  the  Pacific  was  $8,335,000.  
Exploration expenditure during the year focussed on investigating highly prospective near mine-targets 
in Simberi and Gold Ridge.  Drilling activities in Australia were scaled back towards the end of the year 
in response to the fall in the gold price. 

Corporate  and  support  costs  for  the  year  of  $19,253,000  (2012:  $13,732,000)  comprised  mainly 
expenses relating to the corporate office and compliance costs.  During the year, costs associated with 
the Allied Gold corporate office in Brisbane were included in the consolidated corporate costs. 

Royalty  expenses  for  the  year  were  $18,561,000  (2012:  $15,525,000),  reflecting  the  inclusion  of 
royalties paid in Papua New Guinea and Solomon Islands from production from the Simberi and Gold 
Ridge mines.  Royalties paid in Western Australia are 2.5% of gold revenues, plus a corporate royalty of 
1.5% of gold revenues.  Royalties paid in Papua New Guinea are 2.25% of gold revenues earned from 
the  Simberi  mine.    Royalties  are  paid  in  Solomon  Islands  at  the  rate  of  1.5%  of  gold  revenues,  plus 
excise duties on gold exports of 1.5%, and a corporate royalty of US$15 per ounce produced from the 
Gold Ridge mine.  

Other revenue of $4,072,000 (2012: $6,779,000) comprised mainly interest earned during the year of 
$3,811,000  (2012:  $6,442,000).    The  decrease  in  interest  earned  is  reflective  of  lower  cash  balances 
held during 2013 compared with 2012, as well as lower interest rates applied to excess cash balances. 

Other income for the year of $3,131,000 (2012: $922,000) included $1,050,000 received for settlement 
of a legal case.   

Depreciation  and  amortisation  of  fixed  assets  and  capitalised  mine  development  (excluding 
discontinued  operations)  amounted  to  $92,812,000  (2012:  $63,399,000)  for  the  year.    Depreciation 

Page 9 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

and amortisation attributable to the Australian Operations was $64,105,000 (2012: $62,368,000) with 
a  charge  at  the  Pacific  Operations  of  $16,542,000  (2012:  nil)  and  amortisation  of  $9,346,000  was 
recognised in relation to the fair value of mineral rights acquired in the Allied Gold PLC transaction; the 
balance  of  the  expense  was  associated  with  corporate  and  exploration  activities.  The  movement  in 
depreciation  and  amortisation  was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  fixed  assets  and  capitalised  mine 
development as a result of the acquisition of Allied Gold.   

Net finance costs in the year were $22,892,000 (2012: $3,754,000).  The increase on the prior year was 
largely  attributable  to  interest  paid  and  accrued  in  relation  to  the  US$250,000,000  senior  secured 
notes issued in March 2013 at an interest rate of 8.875% p.a., and the syndicated debt facility used to 
fund the Allied acquisition.  During the year, $7,972,000 of borrowing costs relating to the syndicated 
debt  facilities  drawn  down  in  September  2012  and  December  2012  was  expensed.    Fair  value 
movements  during  the  year  on  the  gold  prepayment  facility  acquired  as  part  of  the  Allied  Gold 
acquisition  was  a  credit  of  $2,083,000  and  was  included  in  net  finance  costs.    Finance  costs  also 
included the unwinding of the discount on the rehabilitation provision of $3,545,000. 

A net realised/unrealised gain of $15,703,000 (2012: loss of $5,400,000) was recognised in the income 
statement  for  the  year,  representing  the  movement  in  the  mark-to-market  valuation  of  the  Group’s 
gold put and call options (collar structure).  The collar structure is a cash flow hedge, which as at 30 
June 2013 provided price protection for 110,748 ounces of King of the Hills production to June 2015.  
Accounting standards require movements in the time value of the collar structure to be recognised in 
the income statement at each reporting date.  During July 2013, the remaining King of the Hills collar 
was closed out for cash proceeds of $8.5 million. 

Costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold,  integration  costs  and  redundancy  payments 
totalled $17,261,000 for the year (2012: $5,664,000). 

A foreign exchange movements gain of $9,122,000 for the year (2012: nil) represented movements in 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities.    Transactions  in  the  Pacific  Operations  are 
denominated in USD, AUD, Papua New Guinea Kina and Solomon Island Dollars. 

Discussion and Analysis of the Cash Flow Statement 

Operating activities 

Cash  flows  from  operating  activities  for  the  year  were  $71,028,000  (2012:  $224,563,000).    Receipts 
from  customers  of  $584,716,000  (2012:  $553,847,000)  included  receipts  from  Southern  Cross  gold 
  Payments  to  suppliers  of  $489,297,000  (2012: 
sales  of  $56,603,000  (2012:  $156,793,000). 
$317,729,000) increased on the prior year due mainly to the acquisition of the Pacific Operations and 
the settlement of accounts payable in respect of Southern Cross suppliers.  Payments for exploration 
expensed in the year amounted to $21,144,000 (2012: $16,246,000), with the higher amount expensed 
due  to  additional  exploration  in  the  Pacific.    Interest  received  of  $3,811,000  (2012:  $5,555,000)  was 
lower  than  in  the  prior  year  due  to  the  reduced  levels  of  cash  on  hand  and  lower  interest  rates.  
Interest paid in the year was $5,840,000 (2012: $65,000), which included payments on the syndicated 
debt facilities drawn down during September and December 2012 (and subsequently restructured with 
the US notes issue in March 2013).   

Investing activities 

Net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  amounted  to  $324,277,000  (2012:  $104,480,000)  for  the 
year,  which  included  the  cash  paid  for  the  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  PLC  of  $206,623,000.    Higher 
expenditure  on  property,  plant  and  equipment  of  $74,465,000  (2012:  $18,966,000)  was  attributable 
mainly to expenditures on the oxide plant expansion at Simberi. Mine development expenditure in the 
Page 10 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

year was $60,850,000 (2012:  $80,757,000), which was lower than the prior year due to the cessation 
of mining activities at Southern Cross in November 2012.  No exploration and evaluation expenditure 
was capitalised during the year (2012: $4,575,000) due to a focus on exploring prospective targets in 
an  early  stage  of  development/investigation.    Investing  expenditure  during  the  year  was  in  the 
following major areas: 

  Underground mine development and infrastructure at Gwalia – $43,200,000  (2012: $49,302,000); 
  Underground  mine  development  and  infrastructure  at  King  of  the  Hills  –  $20,231,000    (2012: 

$33,598,000); 

  Simberi oxide expansion and other capital projects - $46,924,000; and 
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment at the operations – $22,379,000  (2012: $19,457,000) 

Net proceeds from the sale of Southern Cross Operations of $17,648,000 was received during the year. 

Financing activities 

Net  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  were  an 
$14,326,000), with major movements in cash flows including: 

inflow  of  $180,662,000  (2012:  outflow  of 

  Drawdown  and  repayment  of  the  $150,000,000  syndicated  loan  facility  during  the  year,  with 

associated transaction costs of $7,262,000. 

  US$250,000,000 senior secured notes issue in March 2013, which was translated to A$240,200,000 
at the spot exchange rate on the date the notes were issued.  Costs associated with the notes were 
$11,961,000.    The  notes  have  a  tenor  of  5  years  at  a  fixed  interest  rate  payable  bi-annually  of 
8.875% p.a..  

  Repayments  in  relation  to  the  gold  prepayment  facility  of  cash  equivalents  totalling  $24,554,000.  
The  repayment  of  this  facility  is  by  delivery  of  gold  in  accordance  with  a  monthly  amortisation 
schedule, with the final payment due in December 2014. 

  Scheduled repayments of insurance premiums, leasing and equipment financing facilities amounted 
to $6,432,000 (2012: $11,415,000), with the main variance from the prior year attributable to the 
final payment of the equipment financing facility in 2012; 

  Proceeds for funding asset purchases of $2,503,000 (2012: $nil); and 
  $11,832,000  was  reclassified  as  “restricted  cash”  during  the  year.    This  amount  relates  to  the 
rehabilitation performance bond facility which was secured with cash backing at the time of the US 
notes issue. 

Discussion and Analysis of the Statement of Financial Position 

Net Assets and Total Equity 

St Barbara’s net assets and total equity increased during the year by $59,394,000 to $623,227,000 as a 
result of the acquisition of Allied Gold PLC in September 2012 and after the asset impairment and write 
downs. 

The available cash balance at 30 June 2013 was $117,383,000 (2012: $185,242,000), with an additional 
$11,955,000 held on deposit as restricted cash and reported within trade receivables. 

Inventories  increased to $63,995,000 (2012: $21,867,000) as a result of the acquisition of the Pacific 
Operations.    Due  to  the  remote  nature  of  these  locations,  the  Simberi  and  Gold  Ridge  mines  carry 
higher levels of consumables and spares inventory than the Australian operations. 

Page 11 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Property, plant and equipment increased to $339,861,000 (2012: $103,928,000) due to the acquisition 
of the Pacific Operations, and significant capital expenditure at Simberi of $37,547,000 to expand the 
processing plant’s capacity to process oxide ore. 

The mineral  rights balance  of  $209,957,000  represents  the  amortised  balance  of the  Gold  Ridge and 
Simberi mineral rights acquired in September 2012. 

Trade and other payables increased to $88,658,000 at 30 June 2013 (2012: $55,542,000) reflecting the 
net impact of the addition of the Pacific Operations and divestment of Southern Cross operations. 

Derivative financial assets of $11,077,000 (2012:  net liabilities of $16,290,000) represents the mark-to-
market value of the  King of the Hills put and call option collar structure.  The change from  the prior 
year is representative of the low Australian dollar spot  gold price and gold forward curve at 30 June 
2013,  which  resulted  in  the  put  options  being  “in-the-money”.    The  prior  year  liability  reflected  the 
higher spot gold price, which resulted in the call options being “out-of-the-money”.  This structure was 
closed out for cash proceeds of $8,500,000 in July 2013. 

Interest bearing liabilities increased to $328,092,000 at 30 June 2013 (2012: $4,256,000) with the two 
largest  components  of  the  year  end  balance  representing  the  US  notes  translated  at  the  year  end 
AUD/USD exchange rate ($262,274,000) and a gold prepayment facility of $53,809,000, which is repaid 
monthly  with  the  final  payment  in  December  2014.   The  gold  prepayment  facility is  recorded  at  fair 
value at each reporting date. The US notes have a maturity date of 15 April 2018 with no repayment 
obligations before this date. 

Provisions increased to $89,509,000 (2012: $42,107,000).  The increase was due mainly to the addition 
of rehabilitation provisions arising from the acquisition of the Pacific Operations, offset by the release 
of rehabilitation provisions of $16,852,000 as a result of the sale of the Southern Cross operations. 

The deferred tax balance is a net asset of $26,355,000 (2012:  net asset of $22,215,000).  Deferred tax 
assets  arising  from  accumulated  tax  losses  in  relation  to  the  Pacific  Operations  of  $79,132,000  (tax 
effected) have not yet been booked as it is not probable as at 30 June 2013 that future taxable profits 
will be generated to utilise the losses. 

Significant changes in the state of affairs 

The significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year are as follows: 

a)  Net profit/(loss) for the year 

The  Group  reported  a  net  loss  after  tax  for  the  year  of  $191,854,000,  which  increased  the 
accumulated  losses  of  the  Group  to  $238,013,000  at  30  June  2013.    The  net  loss  after  tax 
included the asset impairment and write down charge of $220,913,000 after tax. 

b)  Asset impairment and write down charge 

At  30  June  2013  the  Group  recognised  an  asset  impairment  and  write  down  charge  of 
$309,170,000 before tax in relation to goodwill, inventory, plant and equipment, deferred mine 
operating development expenditure, mineral rights, capitalised mine development expenditure 
and capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure  in relation to  Gold Ridge and Simberi.  
The after tax charge was $220,913,000. 

c)  Increase in net assets 

The  Group’s  net  assets  increased  by  $59,394,000  during  the  year  mainly  as  a  result  of  the 
acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  PLC  and  further  investment  in  the  Pacific  Operations  during  the 
period  to  30  June  2013,  offset  by  the  asset  impairment  and  write  down  charge.   Net  assets 
acquired in the Allied transaction totalled $483,901,000. 

Page 12 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

d)  Increase in interest bearing borrowings 

Total  interest  bearing  borrowings  increased  to  $328,092,000  during  the  year  with  the 
movement comprising: 
-  USD250,000,000  senior  secured  notes  issue  in  March  2013  to  repay  the  syndicated  bank 
facility  used  to  support  funding  of  the  Allied  Gold  acquisition  (balance  at  30  June  2013: 
$262,274,000); and 

-  Gold  prepayment  facility  with  a  balance  of  $53,809,000  at  30  June  2013,  which  was 

acquired as part of the Allied Gold acquisition. 

e)  Changes in issued capital 

The Company issued 163,453,688 shares at $1.67 per share as part of the consideration for the 
acquisition of Allied Gold PLC. 

Business strategy and future prospects 

St Barbara’s strategic focus is on mining lower cost gold deposits in Australia and the Pacific.  Currently 
the Group has a diversified asset portfolio spanning underground and open cut mines, and exploration 
projects  in  Australia,  Papua  New  Guinea  and  Solomon  Islands.   St  Barbara’s  strategy  is  to  generate 
shareholder  value  through  the  discovery  and  development  of  gold  deposits  and  production  of  gold.  
The  Group  aligns  its  decisions  and  activities  to  this  strategy  by  focusing  on  three  key  value  drivers: 
relative total shareholder returns, growth in gold ore reserves and return on capital employed. 

Strategic drivers for the business include: 

  Optimising cash flow and reducing the cost base:  The Group is focused on optimising cash flow 
from operations through maximising production and managing costs at its existing operations, 
enhancing  operating  capabilities  and  incorporating  new  technologies  across  St  Barbara.    The 
Group  will  continue  to  identify  opportunities  to  enhance  efficiency  and  improve  operating 
performance.  For example, in September 2012, new trucking technology was introduced at the 
Gwalia underground mine, which is continuing to deliver efficiency improvements compared to 
the  previous  haulage  trucks.   The  Group  has  established  investment  criteria  that  ensure 
approved  capital  expenditure  is  appropriate  and  prioritised,  and  will  deliver  an  adequate 
return. 

Page 13 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

 

Improving productivity:  The Group is focused on increasing volumes at  the Pacific operations 
and  reducing  operating  costs.   Since  acquiring  the  Pacific  Operations,  St  Barbara  has  made  a 
significant  investment  to  improve  infrastructure,  mining  fleets  and  capability  to  ensure 
consistent and reliable production. 

  Growing  the  ore  reserve  base  through  the  development  of  existing  Mineral  Resources  and 
exploration  activities:    A  number  of  potential  organic  growth  opportunities  have  been 
identified,  which  could  increase  production  and extend  the  life  of  the  Pacific  operations.      At 
Simberi, a sulphide ore reserve, which has been estimated at 1.4 Moz, provides an opportunity 
to  create  a  long  life  production  centre  at  Simberi.   At  Gold  Ridge,  there  are  possibilities  for 
expansion  of  known  ore  bodies  and  exploration  opportunities  in  proximity  to  current  mining 
operations. In addition the Group is generating and evaluating exploration targets in the Tabar 
Island Group in Papua New Guinea and exploring on its Leonora tenement holdings to identify 
future ore sources. 

  Maintaining  a  conservative  financial  profile:   The  Group  will  continue  to  maintain  prudent 
financial management policies with the objective of maintaining the strong cash balance as at 
30  June  2013.    The  Group’s  financial  management  policies  are  aimed  at  generating  net  cash 
flows  from  operations  to  meet  financial  commitments,  and  maintaining  sufficient  capacity 
under its financing arrangements to fund project development, exploration and acquisitions, to 
the  extent  viable  and  appropriate.   The  Group’s  capital  management  plan  is  reviewed  and 
discussed with the Board on a regular basis. 

  Continue  and  strengthen  the  Group’s  commitment  to  employees  and  local  communities:    The 
Group considers the capability and wellbeing of its employees as key in delivering the business 
strategy.    Creating  and  sustaining  a  safe  work  environment  and  ensuring  that  operations 
conform to applicable environmental and sustainability standards is an important focus for the 
Group.    The  Group  invests  in  the  training  and  development  of  its  employees,  talent 
management, and succession planning, and views such efforts as an important component of 
instilling  St  Barbara’s  values  throughout  the  organisation  and  retaining  continuity  in  the 
workforce.    The  Group  has  implemented  a  comprehensive  talent  management  framework  to 
strengthen the capacity to attract, motivate and retain capable people.  The Group also has an 
ongoing commitment to work with local communities to improve infrastructure, particularly in 
health  and  education,  support  local  businesses,  and  provide  venues  for  leisure  activities,  and 
other opportunities for developing communities in which the Group operates. 

In  identifying  and  developing  deposits  that  meet  the  Group’s  investment  criteria,  the  Group  has 
installed  a  disciplined  approach  to  assess  potential  exploration  targets.    The  exploration  strategy  is 
based on a philosophy of turning over projects efficiently within highly prospective provinces, initiating 
work on new tenement holdings and to drill test targets with demonstrable value. 

The  highest  value  targets  are  tested  through  an  expected  value  analysis  methodology.    The  focus  of 
effort in the near future is to drill and test highly prospective targets around Simberi, including near 
mine targets at Sorowar, Botlu, Pigicow, Patan and Samat for oxide and sulphide ore. 

At Gold Ridge, exploration effort  in the next year is on drilling targets around existing pits to expand 
the mine’s mineral resources.  In particular, focus will be placed on the Charivunga zone where high 
grades have been targeted that could support production at higher grades than currently being mined, 
and potentially within a larger scale mining operation. 

Page 14 of 128 

 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Within Australia, the Gwalia underground mine with a current mine life of at least 9 years remains the 
flagship  asset  of  the  Group,  generating  strong  cash  flows  to  support  the  exploration  and  additional 
investment in the Pacific Operations to achieve the expected production growth from Gold Ridge and 
Simberi.   

The table below displays the Group’s current pipeline of  projects, and  the stage of each, from initial 
exploration analysis in the East Lachlan, to concept studies for Simberi sulphides, to producing assets. 

The  Group’s  2014  financial  year  budget  was  developed  in  the  context  of  a  volatile  gold  market 
following a significant decline in the gold price.  The Group’s priorities in the 2014 financial year are to 
continue  consistent  production  from  Leonora,  optimise  the  operations  in  the  Pacific  and  to  reduce 
costs  and  capital  expenditure.    For  the  2014  financial  year  the  Group’s  operational  and  financial 
outlook is as follows: 

  Gold production is expected to be 395,000 to 445,000 ounces. 
  Cash operating costs is expected to be in the range of $880 per ounce to $940 per ounce. 
  Capital expenditure is expected to be $91 million to $108 million, with exploration estimated at 

$20 million to $25 million. 

The  Gwalia  mine  at  Leonora  remains  the  Group’s  cornerstone  asset  and  after  capital  expenditure  is 
expected to generate significant free cash flow in the 2014 financial year.  The Pacific operations, while 
taking  longer  and  costing  more  to  reach  profitable  operational  performance,  remain  valuable  long 
term assets. 

Page 15 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Material business risks 

St Barbara prepares its business plan using estimates of production and financial performance based 
on a business planning system and a range of assumptions and expectations.  There is uncertainty in 
these  assumptions  and  expectations,  and  risk  that  variation  from  them  could  result  in  actual 
performance  being  different  to  planned  outcomes.    The  uncertainties  arise  from  a  range  of  factors, 
including  the  Group’s  international  operating  scope,  nature  of  the  mining  industry  and  economic 
factors.   The material business risks faced by the Group that may have an impact on the operating and 
financial prospects of the Group as at 30 June 2013 are: 

  Fluctuations  in  the  United  States  Dollar  (“USD”)  spot  gold  price:   T he  Group’s  revenues  are 
exposed to fluctuations in the USD spot gold price.  During the period from April 2013 to June 
2013, the spot gold price fell by approximately USD$350/oz.  Due to the fact that the Group’s 
operating  costs  are  denominated  in  local  currencies,  in  the  absence  of  other  changes,  if  the 
local currencies strengthen in value relative to the USD then the Group’s financial results are 
likely to be adversely affected. 

Volatility  in  the  gold  price  creates  revenue  uncertainty  and  requires  careful  management  of 
business  performance  to  ensure  that  operating  cash  margins  are  maintained  despite  a  fall  in 
the spot gold price. 

Declining gold prices can also impact operations by requiring a reassessment of the feasibility 
of a particular exploration or development project.  Even if a project is ultimately determined 
to  be  economically  viable,  the  need  to  conduct  such  a  reassessment  could  cause  substantial 
delays  and/or  may  interrupt  operations,  which  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In  assessing  the  feasibility  of  a  project  for  development,  the  Group  may  consider  whether  a 
hedging  instrument  should  be  put  in  place  in  order  to  guarantee  a  minimum  level  of  return.  
For  example  the  Group put  in place  a  gold  collar  structure  when the  King  of  the  Hills  project 
was commissioned. 

The Group has a centralised treasury function that monitors the risk of fluctuations in the USD 
gold price and impacts on expenditures from movements in local currencies.  Where possible, 
the exposure to movements in the USD relative to USD denominated expenditure is offset by 
the exposure to the USD gold price (a natural hedge position).  

Page 16 of 128 

Source: Reuters 

 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

  Government  regulation:    The  Group’s  mining,  processing,  development  and  exploration 
activities  are  subject  to  various  laws  and  statutory  regulations  governing  prospecting, 
development, production, taxes, royalty payments, labour standards and occupational health, 
mine safety, toxic substances, land use, water use, communications, land claims of local people 
and other matters.  

No  assurance  can  be  given  that  new  laws,  rules  and  regulations  will  not  be  enacted  or  that 
existing laws, rules and regulations will not be applied in a manner which could have an adverse 
effect  on  the  Group’s  financial  position  and  results  of  operations.  Any  such  amendments  to 
current  laws,  regulations  and  permits  governing  operations  and  activities  of  mining  and 
exploration  companies,  or  more  stringent  implementation  thereof,  could  have  a  material 
adverse  impact  on  the  Group.    Failure  to  comply  with  any  applicable  laws,  regulations  or 
permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions against the Group, including orders 
issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may 
include  corrective  measures  requiring  capital  expenditures, 
installation  of  additional 
equipment, or remedial actions.  

  Operating  risks  and  hazards:    The  Group’s  mining  operations,  consisting  of  open  pit  and 
underground mines, generally involve a high degree of risk, and these risks are increased when 
mining  occurs  at  increased  depth.    The  Group’s operations are  subject to  all  the  hazards  and 
risks  normally  encountered 
in  the  exploration,  development  and  production  of  gold.   
Processing operations are subject to hazards such as equipment failure, toxic chemical leakage, 
loss of power, fast-moving heavy equipment, failure of deep sea tailings disposal pipelines and 
retaining dams around tailings containment areas, which may result in environmental pollution 
and  consequent  liability.    The  impact  of  these  events  could  lead  to  disruptions  in  production 
and scheduling, increased costs and loss of facilities, which may have a material adverse impact 
on  the  Group’s  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  prospects.   These  risks  are 
managed by a structured operations risk management framework. 

  Pacific  Operations’  production  may  not  be  realised:    Since  the  acquisition  of  the  Pacific 
Operations  the  Simberi  and  Gold  Ridge  mines  have  achieved  operational  performance  well 
short  of  expectations.      The  benefits  the  Group  expects  to  result  from  the  acquisition  of  the 
Pacific operations will depend, in part, on St Barbara’s ability to increase production at Simberi 
and  Gold  Ridge  while  reducing  costs,  so  as  to  increase  net  cash  flows.    Achieving  success  in 
realising  these  benefits,  and  the  timing  of  this  realisation,  are  linked  to  the  completion  of 
various  production  improvement  and  expansion  projects  aimed  at  improving  operational 
capabilities, lifting production performance, lowering operating costs and improving the overall 
condition of  operations.    In  developing  the  2014  financial  year budget the  Group  identified  a 
number of initiatives to increase gold production and reduce costs at Simberi and Gold Ridge, 
and these initiatives are being actively managed. 

  Exploration  and  development  risk:   Although  the  Group’s  activities  are  primarily  directed 
towards mining operations and the development of mineral deposits, its activities also include 
the exploration  for  mineral  deposits  and  the  possibility of  third  party arrangements  including 
joint  ventures,  partnerships,  toll  treating  arrangements  or  other  third  party  contracts.    An 
ability  to  sustain  or  increase  the  current  level  of  production  in  the  longer  term  is  in  part 

Page 17 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

dependent on the success of the Group’s exploration activities and development projects, and 
the expansion of existing mining operations. 

The exploration for and development of mineral deposits involves significant risks that even a 
combination  of  careful  evaluation,  experience  and  knowledge  may  not  eliminate.  While  the 
discovery  of  an  ore  body  may  result  in  substantial  rewards,  few  properties  that  are  explored 
subsequently  have  economic  deposits  of  gold  identified,  and  even  fewer  are  ultimately 
developed  into  producing  mines.  Major  expenses  may  be  required  to  locate  and  establish 
mineral  reserves,  to  establish  rights  to  mine  the  ground,  to  receive  all  necessary  operating 
permits, to develop metallurgical processes and to construct mining and processing facilities at 
a particular site. It is impossible to ensure that the exploration or development programs  the 
Group plans will result in a profitable mining operation. 

Whether a mineral deposit will be commercially viable depends on a number of factors. 

The Group has a disciplined approach to allocating budget to exploration projects.  The Group 
also  has  investment  criteria  to  ensure  that  development  projects  are  only  approved  if  an 
adequate return on the investment is expected. 

  Political,  social  and  security  risks:   St  Barbara  has  production  and  exploration  operations  in 
developing countries that are subject to political, economic and other risks and  uncertainties.  
The  formulation  and  implementation  of  government  policies  in  these  countries  may  be 
unpredictable.    Operating  in  developing  countries  also  involves  managing  security  risks 
associated with the areas where the Group has activities.  The Group has established policies 
and  procedures  to  assist  in  managing  and  monitoring  various  government  relations.    The 
Group’s operating procedures at its mines in the Pacific include detailed security plans. 

  Community  relations:  A  failure  to  adequately  manage  community  and  social  expectations 
within the communities in which the Group operates may lead to local dissatisfactions which, in 
turn, could lead to interruptions to production and exploration operations.  The Group has an 
established  stakeholder  engagement  framework  to  guide  the  management  of  the  Group’s 
community  relations  efforts.    At  each  of  the  operations  in  the  Pacific  there  is  a  dedicated 
community relations team to work closely with the local communities and government.   

Risk management 

The  Group  manages  the  risks  listed  above,  and  other  day-to-day  risks  through  an  established 
enterprise  wide  risk  management  framework  which  conforms  to  Australian  and  international 
standards and guidance.  The Group’s risk reporting and control mechanisms are designed to ensure 
strategic,  operational,  legal,  financial,  reputational  and  other  risks  are  identified,  assessed  and 
appropriately managed.   

The  financial  reporting  and  control  mechanisms  are  reviewed  during  the  year  by  management,  the 
Audit Committee, the internal audit function and the external auditor. 

The  Group  has  policies  in  place  to  manage  risk  in  the  areas  of  Health  and  Safety,  Environment  and 
Equal Employment Opportunity. 

The Executive Leadership Team and the Board regularly review the  risk portfolio of the business and 
the effectiveness of the Group’s management of those risks. 

Page 18 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Regulatory environment 

Australia 

The Group’s Australian mining activities are in Western Australia and governed by Western Australian 
legislation, including the Mining Act 1978, the Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994, Dangerous Goods 
Safety Act 2004 and other mining related and subsidiary legislation.  The Mining Rehabilitation Fund 
Act  2012  takes  effect  from  1  July  2013.    The  Mining  Rehabilitation  Fund  will  replace  unconditional 
environmental performance bonds for companies operating under the Mining Act 1978.   

The  Group  is  subject  to  significant  environmental  regulation,  including,  inter  alia,  the  Western 
Australian Environmental Protection Act 1986, Contaminated Sites Act 2003, Wildlife Conservation Act 
1950, Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 and the Commonwealth Environmental Protection and Biodiversity 
Conservation Act 1999, as well as safety compliance in respect of its mining and exploration activities. 

The  Group  is  registered  pursuant  to  the  National  Greenhouse  and  Energy  Reporting  Act  2007  under 
which  it  is  required  to  report  annually  its  energy  consumption  and  greenhouse  gas  emissions.    St 
Barbara  also  reports  to  Government  pursuant  to  both  the  Energy  Efficiency  Opportunities  Act  2006 
and  the  National  Environmental  Protection  (National  Pollutant  Inventory)  Measure  (subsidiary 
legislation to the National Environmental Protection Measures (Implementation) Act 1998).  The Group 
has  established  data  collection  systems  and  processes  to  meet  these  reporting  obligations.    The 
Group’s Australian operations are also required to comply with the Australian Federal Government’s 
Clean Energy Act 2011, effective from 1 July 2012. 

Papua New Guinea  

The primary Papua New Guinea mining legislation is the Mining Act 1992, which governs the granting 
and cessation of mining rights.  Under the Mining Act, all minerals existing on, in or below the surface 
of  any  land  in  Papua  New  Guinea,  are  the  property  of  the  State.    The  Mining  Act  establishes  a 
regulatory  regime  for  the  exploration  for,  and  development  and  production  of,  minerals  and  is 
administered  by  the  Minerals  Resources  Authority.    Environmental  impact  is  governed  by  the 
Environment Act 2000, administered by the Department of Environment and Conservation. 

Solomon Islands  

The primary Solomon Islands mining law is the Mines and Minerals Act (“MMA”). The MMA regulates 
three  stages  of  mining  operations  identified  as  reconnaissance,  prospecting  and  mining,  and  other 
aspects relevant to the minerals sector.  The MMA is regulated by the Department of Mines, Energy 
and  Rural  Electrification.    Under  the  MMA  and  the  Solomon  Islands  Constitution,  ownership  of  all 
minerals in or under land vests in the people and the Solomon Islands government.  The MMA grants 
the Solomon Islands government the sole authority to allocate mineral rights. 

The  Environment  Act  1998  and  the  MMA  contain  environmental  protection  provisions  relevant  to 
companies engaging in mining activities in Solomon Islands, and mining operations require the consent 
of the Director of the Environment and Conservation Department.  Under the MMA, the Minister for 
Mines has enacted regulations requiring mining operations to be performed in a manner which avoids 
waste and unnecessary damage and contamination to the environment.  

Page 19 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Information on Directors 

S J Colin Wise LL.B, FAICD, FAusIMM Chairman – Non Executive 

Mr  Wise  is  an  experienced  corporate  lawyer,  consultant  and  company  director  with  significant 
expertise  in  the  mining  and  exploration  industry  and  resources,  energy  and  corporate  sectors.    He 
spent  24  years  with  WMC  Limited,  10  of  which  as  General  Counsel  and  subsequently,  4  years  as 
Counsel to a New York law firm.  He has extensive practical experience in Australia and internationally 
with a wide range of corporate, operational and legal matters. 

He has been Chairman of St Barbara since mid-2004, and is a Fellow of both the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors and the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.  He has been a member of 
the  Advisory  Board to the Dean  of  Medicine,  Nursing  and  Health  Sciences  at Monash  University and 
was a Non Executive Director for 5 years of Southern Health, the largest health care service in Victoria, 
Chair of its Quality Committee, and a member of the Audit Committee.  

Other current public company directorships 
Nil 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
Straits Resources Limited 

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of the Board 
Member of the Remuneration, Audit and Health & Safety Committees 

Interest in shares and options 
Mr Wise has a relevant interest in 1,139,389 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company. 

Timothy J Lehany B.E., MBA, MAusIMM Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Mr Lehany is a mining engineer with extensive operating experience over the past twenty  five years 
with a number of mining companies, including Newcrest Mining Ltd and WMC Ltd.  His roles covered 
gold, base metal and nickel mines.   

Other current public company directorships 
Nil 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
Nil 

Special responsibilities 
Nil 

Interest in shares and options 

Mr Lehany has a relevant interest in 200,770 fully paid ordinary shares and holds 897,803 performance 
rights  that  will  convert  into  shares  subject  to  performance  hurdles.  The  details  of  the  performance 
rights are provided later in this Report. 

Page 20 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Douglas W Bailey, BBus (Acc), CPA, ACIS Non Executive Director 

Mr  Bailey  was  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Woodside  Petroleum  Ltd  between  2002  and  2004  and 
previously, was an Executive Director of Ashton Mining Limited from 1990 to 2000, including the last 3 
years  as  Chief  Executive  Officer.    He  was  also  a  Non  Executive  Director  of  Aurora  Gold  Ltd  for  the 
period 1993-2000. 

Other current public company directorships 
Tap Oil Limited 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
Nil 

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
Member of the Remuneration Committee 

Interest in shares and options 
Mr Bailey has a relevant interest in 130,247 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Elizabeth A (Betsy) Donaghey B.Sc (Eng) M.S Non Executive Director 

Ms  Donaghey  is  a  civil  engineer  with  extensive  oil  &  gas  industry  and  corporate  experience.  This 
included  roles  with  BHP  Billiton  for  19  years  in  gas  marketing,  reservoir  engineering  and  business 
planning and analysis. 

Ms  Donaghey  also  spent  9  years  with  Woodside  Energy  in  various  senior  gas  business  and  strategic 
planning  roles,  culminating  in  Ms  Donaghey’s  executive  leadership  of  Woodside  Energy’s  Australian 
business unit, with assets generating annual revenue exceeding $1 billion and  new projects with $1.5 
billion capital investment and, subsequently, the business unit developing the Browse LNG project. 

Ms Donaghey is a member of the Board of the Australian Renewable Energy Agency, an independent 
statutory authority established by the Commonwealth Government. 

Other current public company directorships 
Imdex Limited 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
Nil 

Special responsibilities 
Member of the Remuneration and Health & Safety Committees 

Interest in shares and options 
Ms Donaghey has a relevant interest in 75,000 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company. 

Page 21 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Phillip C Lockyer M.Sc, AWASM, DipMETALL Non Executive Director 

Mr Lockyer is an experienced mining engineer and metallurgist with over 40 years of experience in the 
mineral industry with an emphasis on gold and nickel, in both underground and open pit operations. 
Mr  Lockyer  was  employed  by  WMC  Resources  for  20  years,  and  as  General  Manager  for  WA  was 
responsible for that Company’s nickel division and gold operations. Mr Lockyer also held the position 
of Director Operations for Dominion Mining Limited and Resolute Limited. 

Other current public company directorships 
Focus Minerals Limited 
Western Desert Resources Limited 
Swick Mining Services Limited 
RTG Mining Inc 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
CGA Mining Limited 

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of the Health & Safety Committee 
Member of the Audit Committee 

Interest in shares and options 
Mr Lockyer has a relevant interest in 75,031 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company. 

Robert K Rae B.Com (Hons), FAICD Non Executive Director 

Mr Rae is a Director and Partner of McClintock Associates, a private investment bank and advisory firm 
and  has extensive  industry  and  corporate  experience.  Mr  Rae  has held previous directorships  within 
the mining industry, including Plutonic Resources Limited, Ashton Mining Limited, WA Diamond Trust 
and Centralian Minerals Limited. Mr Rae is also a member of the Salvation Army Advisory Board. 

Other current public company directorships 
McClintock Associates Securities Limited 
SCEGGS Darlinghurst Limited 
SHEM Limited 

Former public company directorships in last 3 years 
Nil 

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
Member of the Audit Committee 

Interest in shares and options 
Mr Rae has a relevant interest in 120,000 fully paid ordinary shares of the Company. 

Page 22 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Qualifications and experience of the company secretary 

Ross J Kennedy BComm, Grad.Dip – Company Secretarial Practice, ACA, FTIA, MAusIMM, FAICD, ACIS 
Company Secretary 

Mr  Kennedy  has  more  than  25  years  of  experience  as  a  public  company  secretary  and  has  held  a 
number  of  public  company  directorships  in  resources  and  technology  companies.    He  has  extensive 
experience  in  corporate  management,  including  risk  management,  corporate  governance,  finance, 
accounting, commercial negotiations, takeovers, legal contracts, land management, human resources, 
statutory compliance and public reporting. 

Information on Executives 
Timothy J Lehany B.E., MBA, MAusIMM, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
Mr Lehany is a mining engineer with extensive operating experience over the past twenty years with a 
number  of  mining  companies,  including Newcrest  Mining  Ltd  and  WMC Ltd.    His  roles  covered  gold, 
base metal and nickel mines.   

Garth Campbell-Cowan B.Com, Dip-Applied Finance & Investments, FCA, Chief Financial Officer 
Mr  Campbell-Cowan  is  a  Chartered  Accountant  with  over  25  years  of  experience  in  finance  and 
management  positions  across  a  number  of  different  industries.  He  was  appointed  to  the  position  of 
Chief Financial Officer in September 2006 and is responsible for the Group’s Finance function, covering 
financial  reporting  and  accounting,  treasury,  taxation,  business  analysis,  capital  management, 
procurement and information technology. Mr Campbell-Cowan also co-ordinates St Barbara’s strategy 
and planning activities. Prior to joining St Barbara, he was Director of Corporate Accounting at Telstra 
and has held senior finance leadership roles with WMC, Newcrest Mining and ANZ. 

Alistair Croll B.Sc Mining Engineering, GDE Mineral Economics, Chief Operating Officer 
Mr  Croll  joined  St  Barbara  as  COO  in  2012,  and  has  extensive  experience  in  all  aspects  of  mining 
operations,  including  technical,  project  and  general  management  roles  up  to  Managing  Director.  Mr 
Croll  is  equally  comfortable  in  open  pit  and  underground  operations,  with  experience  in  gold, 
platinum,  diamond,  manganese,  chrome  and  nickel.  Mr  Croll  has  held  senior  roles  with  Kimberley 
Diamond  Company,  Blina  Minerals  and  Consolidated  Minerals  in  Australia,  and  in  South  Africa  with 
Anglo Platinum and 17 years with the De Beers Group. 

Katie-Jeyn  Romeyn  B.Mgt  (Human  Resource  Management),  Executive  General  Manager  Human 
Resources 
Ms  Romeyn  joined  St  Barbara  in  2007  and  was  appointed  Executive  General  Manager  Human 
Resources in 2012. In this role Ms Romeyn is a member of the Executive Leadership Team, assists the 
Remuneration  Committee  and  leads  the  Human  Resources  Division  of  the  Company.  With  over  10 
years’ experience in the mining industry, prior to joining St Barbara, Ms Romeyn worked in a number 
of roles in HR with WMC Resources, Rio Tinto and BHP Billiton. 

Phil  Uttley  B.Sc.  Hons.  (Geol.  &  Mineral.),  FAusIMM,  Executive  General  Manager  Discovery  and 
Growth 
Mr  Uttley  is  an  experienced  exploration  executive  with  over  35  years  of  industry  experience  having 
held senior positions in Sino Gold, SRK Consulting and Renison Goldfields Consolidated (formerly Gold 
Fields).  Mr  Uttley  has  a  B.Sc  Hons.  (Geol.  &  Mineral)  from  University  of  Queensland  and  is  an 
experienced  exploration  geologist,  with  a  demonstrated  track  record  in  gold  discoveries  and 
establishment of resources for gold production. Mr Uttley commenced with St Barbara in September 
2009. 

Page 23 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Meetings of Directors 

The number of meetings of Directors (including meetings of Committees of Directors), and the 
numbers of meetings attended by each of the Directors of the Company during the financial year was: 

Board 

Audit Committee 

A 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

B 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 

A 
5 
- 
5 
- 
5 
5 

B 
5 
- 
5 
- 
5 
5 

Remuneration 
Committee 
B 
A 
7 
7 
- 
- 
7 
7 
7 
7 
- 
- 
7 
7 

Health & Safety 
Committee 
B 
A 
4 
4 
- 
- 
- 
- 
4 
4 
4 
4 
- 
- 

C Wise 
T Lehany 
D Bailey 
E Donaghey 
P Lockyer 
R Rae 

A = Number of meetings attended 
B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office or was a member of the committee during the year 

Remuneration report (Audited) 

Introduction  

This Remuneration Report forms part of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2013, a year 
that has seen significant structural changes within the Group including the acquisition of projects in the 
South  West  Pacific  and  the  divestment  of  Southern  Cross  Operations.    It  describes  the  alignment  of 
remuneration  strategies  with  Group  strategies  for  value  creation,  remuneration  related  decision 
making  authorities  within  the  Group  and  the  remuneration  principles  that  applied  for  the  2013 
financial  year.    The  Report  also  provides  details  of  remuneration  paid  for  the  2013  financial  year  to 
Directors and senior executives, collectively referred to as Key Management Personnel. 

Overview of contents 

1.  Strategy and industry context; 

2.  Decision making authorities for remuneration at St Barbara; 

3.  Principles applied in determining the structure and amount of remuneration; 

4.  Group performance;  

5.  Details of remuneration paid; and 

6.  Summaries of service agreements for Key Management Personnel. 

1.  Strategy and Industry Context 

Group Strategy 

The  Group’s  strategies  for  the  2013  financial  year  have  focussed  on  the  integration  of  the  Simberi 
Operations  in  Papua  New  Guinea  and  the  Gold  Ridge  Operations  in  the  Solomon  Islands  (together 
called the Pacific Operations). The Southern Cross Operations, a higher cost and relatively mature gold 
operation  in  Western  Australia,  was  divested  during  the  year  for  $18  million  in  cash  proceeds, 
consistent with the Group’s focus on longer life and lower cost operations. 

In response to the US dollar gold price breaking a ten year upward trend to the down side, the Group 
has also taken a number of steps to adapt to a lower gold price environment. 

Page 24 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued 

Operationally,  the  focus  was  to  adapt  and  apply  the  Group’s  strong  organisational  capabilities  and 
business  systems  to  the  Pacific  Operations  to  reliably  underpin  sustained  long  term  profitability  and 
cash generation from these assets. This has required a significant investment in working capital, new 
equipment and infrastructure for the two Pacific Operations. 

Equally important, attention continues to be paid to “licence to operate” matters such as: 

  creating and sustaining a safe working environment; 
  ensuring that operations conform to applicable environmental and sustainability standards; 
  maintaining effective community and government relations; and 
  continuing  to  develop  organisational  capability  as  a  core  competency  for  competitive 

advantage. 

Exploration activities have continued with a growing emphasis on exploring for near mine deposits at 
each of the Leonora, Simberi and Gold Ridge Operations. In its June 2013 Quarterly Report, the Group 
reported that early drilling results from the Pacific  Operations enhanced its positive view of the long 
term value and upside potential of the Pacific Operations. 

Industry context 

The  Group  is  a  gold  producer  with  revenue  for  the  2013  financial  year  of  $511,840,000  (from 
continuing  operations)  with  gold  operations  at  Leonora  in  Western  Australia,  Simberi  in  Papua  New 
Guinea  and  Gold  Ridge  in  the  Solomon  Islands.  The  Leonora  Operations  comprise  two  underground 
mines – Gwalia and King of the Hills and one processing plant at Gwalia. The Simberi and Gold Ridge 
Operations are open cut mining operations with processing plants at each site.  

As at 30 June 2013, the Group workforce comprised 1,900 employees and 670 contractors. Specialist 
mining contractors are used for underground mining and development at Gwalia and King of the Hills. 
The Group operates the Pacific Operations as owner-miner.   

The  Group  competes  for  labour  within  the  broader  Australasian-Pacific  resources  sector  and 
benchmarks its remuneration systems and levels against comparable Australian companies operating 
in  Australia  and  overseas.    The  Australian  Operations  predominantly  employ  staff  on  fly-in  fly-out 
(FIFO)  arrangements,  and  compete  with  other  Australian  FIFO  operations.    The  Pacific  Operations 
predominantly employ people locally, with the remainder employed on FIFO arrangements.  

Remuneration Strategy  

The  objectives  of  the  Remuneration  strategy  for  the  2013  financial  year,  consistent  with  the  Group 
strategy, were to ensure that: 

 

total  remuneration  for  senior  executives  and  each  level  of  the  workforce  was  market 
competitive; 

  key employees were retained; 
 

total remuneration for executives and managers comprised an appropriate proportion of fixed 
remuneration and remuneration at risk; 
remuneration “at risk” encouraged and rewarded high performance aligned with value creation 
for shareholders, through an appropriate mix of short and long term incentives; 
the integrity of the remuneration review processes delivered fair and equitable outcomes; and 
remuneration for Non Executive Directors preserved their independence by being in the form 
of fixed fees. 

 

 
 

Page 25 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

The remuneration strategy, policy and structure are essentially unchanged from the previous reporting 
period (aside from the expansion of LTI performance measures described later in this report)  and are 
directly linked to the development of strategies and budgets in the Group’s annual planning cycle: 

Annual Planning Timetable 

Month 

October 

January 

Strategy & Reporting 

Annual strategy update 

February 

Half Year Financial Report 

April 

Budget setting framework 

July 

August 

October 

Annual Financial Report 

Annual Report 

Remuneration 

Review STI & LTI design framework 

Set Remuneration review framework 
Set STI targets for following financial year 

Measure STI outcomes and determine quantum 
Measure LTI outcomes and action any vested 
entitlements 

November 

Annual General Meeting 

Shareholder approval of LTI issued to MD&CEO 

Key developments 

On 7 September 2012, the Group acquired Allied Gold Mining Plc by way of a Scheme of Arrangement, 
including the Simberi and Gold Ridge Operations. 

The Southern Cross Operations, having produced gold continuously during the  Group’s ownership of 
them since March 2005, were placed on care and maintenance in December 2012.  A sale agreement 
for Southern Cross Operations was entered into in January 2013 and completed in April 2013. 

In March 2013, the Group issued US$250 million of senior secured notes and used the proceeds to: 

repay existing bank debt of A$150 million; 

 
  provide cash backing for an existing A$20 million environmental bond facility; and 
  pay transaction costs and provide general working capital. 

Decision making authorities for remuneration at St Barbara 

Remuneration strategy and policies are approved by the Board. They are aligned with, and underpin, 
the corporate strategy as set out in Section 1. On behalf of the Board, the Remuneration Committee 
oversees and reviews the effectiveness of the remuneration strategy, policies and practices to ensure 
that  the  interests  of  the  Group,  shareholders  and  employees  are  properly  taken  into  account.  The 
charter  for  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  approved  by  the  Board  and  is  available  on  the  Group’s 
website at www.stbarbara.com.au. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on all aspects 
of remuneration arrangements for the five Non Executive Directors, the Managing Director and CEO, 
and  the  five  most  senior  executives  with  the  authority  and  responsibility  for  planning,  directing  and 
controlling  the  activities  of  the  Group,  and  these  individuals  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the  Key 
Management Personnel.  

Page 26 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

In  addition,  the  Remuneration  Committee  oversees  and  reviews  proposed 
levels  of  annual 
organisation  remuneration  increases  and  key  employee  related  policies.  It  also  receives  reports  on 
organisation capability and effectiveness, skills, training and development and succession planning for 
key roles. 

Organisational Capability  
and Scenario Planning 

            Key Workforce Policies 
            - equal opportunity 
            - diversity 

Remuneration Committee 
Oversight and design 

Remuneration Design 
 - fixed vs variable 

Remuneration levels for  
Key Management Personnel 

The members of the Remuneration Committee are all independent, Non Executive Directors and as at 
the date of this report comprised: 

R K Rae 

D W Bailey 

- 

- 

Chair, Non Executive Director 

Non Executive Director 

E A Donaghey  - 

Non Executive Director 

S J C Wise 

- 

Non Executive Director 

In forming remuneration recommendations, the Remuneration Committee obtains and considers each 
year  industry  specific  independent  data  and  professional  advice  as  appropriate.  All  reports  and 
professional advice relating to the Managing Director and CEO’s remuneration are commissioned and 
received  directly  by  the  Committee.  The  Committee  reviews  all  other  contracts  with  remuneration 
consultants and directly receives the reports of those consultants. 

The  Remuneration  Committee  has  delegated  authority  to  the  Managing  Director  and  CEO  for 
approving  remuneration  recommendations  for  employees  other  than  Key  Management  Personnel, 
within the parameters of approved Group wide remuneration levels and structures. 

2.  Principles applied in determining the structure and amount of remuneration 

The Group’s remuneration strategy recognises that it needs to attract, reward and retain high calibre, 
high  performing,  and  team  orientated  individuals  capable  of  delivering  and  being  incentivised  to 
deliver the Group strategy. The remuneration policy and related employment policies and practices are 
aligned with this strategy.  

The  Group  operates  a  performance  based  remuneration  system  through  which  the  remuneration  of 
Key  Management  Personnel  is  linked  to  the  financial  and  non-financial  performance  of  the  Group, 
including its share price.  

Page 27 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

Under  the  remuneration  system  the  amount  of  at  risk  remuneration  relative  to  an  employee’s  total 
remuneration  increases  in  line  with  the  seniority  of  the  role  of  that  employee.  This  reinforces  the 
linkage between personal and Group performance and achievement of the Group’s business strategy 
and creation of shareholder wealth.  

(a) Non Executive Directors’ fees 

Non  Executive  Directors’  fees  are  reviewed  annually  by  the  Board  to  ensure  fees  are  appropriate  to 
reflect the responsibilities and time commitments required of Non Executive Directors and to ensure 
that  the  Group  continues  to  attract  and  retain  Non  Executive  Directors  of  a  high  calibre.  The  Board 
seeks the advice of, and is guided by, specialist independent remuneration consultants in this process. 
Currently  Non  Executive  Directors’  fees  are  targeted between  the  median  and  the  75th  percentile  of 
comparatively sized companies. 

In order to maintain their independence and impartiality, the fees paid to Non Executive Directors are 
not linked to the performance of the Group. Non Executive Directors have no involvement in the day 
to day management of the Group. 

Superannuation  contributions,  in  accordance  with  legislation,  are  included  as  part  of  each  Director’s 
total  remuneration.  Directors  may  elect  to  increase  the  proportion  of  their  remuneration  taken  as 
superannuation  subject  to  legislative  limits.  Non  Executive  Directors  are  not  entitled  to  retirement 
benefits, bonuses or equity based incentives. 

The  total  amount  that  can  be  paid  to  all  Non  Executive  Directors  is  set  by  shareholders.  This  is 
currently  $1,200,000  per  annum  in  aggregate,  approved  by  shareholders  at  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  in  November  2012.  Within  that  amount,  the  basis  and  level  of  fees  paid  to  Non  Executive 
Directors is set by the Board, and reported to shareholders each year, as detailed in Section 5 of this 
report.  

Directors  have  resolved  that  individual  Director  fees  payable  for  the  2014  financial  year  will  not 
increase and will be frozen at 2013 financial year levels. 

(b) Executive Remuneration  

The reward structures for the Group’s executives are strongly aligned with shareholders’ interests by: 

 

recognising  the  contribution  of  each  senior  executive  to  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s 
strategy and business objectives; 
rewarding high individual performance;  

 
  being market competitive to attract and retain high calibre individuals; and 
  ensuring  that  equity  based  remuneration  through  the  long  term  incentive  plan  is  based  on  a 

number of outperformance measures over a three year period. 

To  achieve  these  objectives,  remuneration  for  executives  is  comprised  of  fixed  remuneration  and 
variable or at risk remuneration. The at risk component is comprised of separate short term and long 
term  incentives  in  which  the  former  are  linked  to  specific  personal  and  corporate  or  business  unit 
objectives  and  the  latter  are  linked  to  medium  term  strategic  corporate  objectives.  Both  provide  a 
direct  connection  between  achievement  of  targets  which  drive  Group  performance  and  shareholder 
wealth, with personal remuneration. The mix of fixed and at risk remuneration varies according to the 
role of each executive, with the highest level of at risk remuneration applied to those roles that have 
the greatest potential to influence and deliver Group outcomes and drive shareholder wealth.  

Page 28 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  
The mix of fixed and at risk remuneration for executives is as follows:  

Seniority 

Level 6 (CEO) 

Level 5 (Exec GM) 

Level 4 (GM) 

Fixed  
remuneration 

40% 

50% 

57% 

STI(1) 

20% 

20% 

17% 

LTI (2) 

40% 

30% 

26% 

Total  
remuneration 

100% 

100% 

100%  

(1) 

 The  STI  value  shown  is  at  “target”  performance.    Target  is  the  mid-point  in  a  range  of  0-200%  for  the  rated 
performance of each individual.  Less than target performance will result in less than the target allocation, potentially 
down to zero, and significant outperformance can theoretically lead to two times the target allocation.   

(2) 

 The  LTI  allocation  is  fixed  at  grant,  but  the  proportion  of  the  grant  that  vests,  if  any,  is  subject  to  performance 
measurement under the relevant LTI plan. See details below. 

Fixed  remuneration  for  each  executive  role  is  reflected  against  the  75th  percentile  of  prevailing 
comparable market rates, to ensure that the Group is able to attract and retain a talented and capable 
workforce appropriate to meet its current and anticipated needs. 

For executives, fixed remuneration = base salary + superannuation + benefits. 

(i)  Fixed Remuneration - Base salary 

The  base  salary  for  each  executive  is  influenced  by  the  nature  and  responsibilities  of  the  role,  the 
knowledge,  skills  and  experience  required  for  the  position,  and  the  Group’s  need  to  compete  in  the 
market place to attract and retain the right person for the role. 

Each  senior  executive  undergoes  an  annual  performance  appraisal  as  part  of  the  Group’s  work 
performance  system,  in  which  individual  and  Group  performance  is  assessed  in  detail  against  pre-
determined  measures.  The  performance  appraisal  for  each  senior  executive  is  assessed  by  the 
Managing  Director  and  CEO  and  reported  to  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  later,  the  Board  for 
review, 
including  recommended  remuneration  outcomes  that  flow  from  that  appraisal.  The 
performance appraisal for the Managing Director and CEO is undertaken by the Chairman, reported to 
the Remuneration Committee and later, the Board, for review. 

(ii) Fixed Remuneration - Superannuation 

In  addition  to  statutory  superannuation  contributions,  senior  executives  may  elect  to  contribute 
additional amounts, subject to legislative limits. 

(iii) Fixed Remuneration - Benefits 

Executives  may  receive  benefits,  including  car  parking  and  payment  for  certain  professional 
memberships.  

Page 29 of 128 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

(iv)  Variable Remuneration - Short term incentives (STI) 

The  STI  is  an  annual  “at  risk”  component  of  remuneration  for  executives.  It  is  payable  based  on 
performance against key performance indicators (KPIs) set at the beginning of the financial year. STIs 
are structured to remunerate senior executives for achieving annual Group targets as well as their own 
individual performance targets designed to favourably impact the business, which are weighted on an 
equal (50:50) basis at target.  Group and individual targets are established by reference to the Group 
Strategy (refer Section 1). The net amount of any STI after allowing for applicable taxation, is payable 
in cash.   

For  each  KPI  there  are  defined  “threshold”,  target”  and  “stretch”  measures  which  are  capable  of 
objective assessment. 

Threshold  performance  typically  requires  achievement  of  the  full  year  budget  for  quantifiable 
measures  such  as  safety,  profitability,  cash  generation,  as  well  as  the  achievement  of  criteria  set  as 
near term goals linked to the annual strategy review. 

Target performance represents challenging but achievable levels of performance beyond achievement 
of  budget  measures.    For  example,  the  2013  financial  year  STI  target  for  net  profit  after  tax  from 
Australian Operations was set at 10% above the corresponding budget amount. Stretch performance 
requires significant performance above and beyond normal expectations and if achieved is anticipated 
to  result  in  a  substantial  improvement  in  key  strategic  outcomes,  operational  or  financial  results, 
and/or the business performance of the Group.   

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board executive STIs and then 
later  assessing  the  extent  to  which  the  Group  STI  measures  and  the  individual  KPIs  of  the  senior 
executives have been achieved, and the amount to be paid to each executive. To assist in making this 
assessment,  the  Committee  receives  detailed  reports  and  presentations  on  the  performance  of  the 
business from the Managing Director & CEO and independent remuneration consultants as required.  

(v) 

Variable Remuneration - Long term incentives  (LTI) 

LTIs  are  structured  to  reward  executives  for  the  long  term  performance  of  the  Group  relative  to  its 
peers and, commencing with the 2011 financial year, were granted in the form of Performance Rights.   
Prior to the 2011 financial year, LTIs were granted in the form of unlisted employee options. 

In  considering  the  LTI  awards  for  the  2013  financial  year,  the  Board  considered  the  trend  towards 
deferring a portion of the award. Unlike other industries where matching revenues and expenses may 
have  long  lead  times,  the  gold  industry  is  such  that  gold  produced  is  sold  at  arm’s  length  within  a 
matter of days from production. Revenue and expenses are then recorded. The industry characteristics 
supporting a look back testing of prior year performance awards do not carry the same weight in our 
industry. 

Page 30 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

Vesting conditions 

The  vesting  of  performance  rights  granted  in  respect  of  the  2013  financial  year  (“FY13  Performance 
Rights”)  is  subject  to  continuing  employment  as  at  the  vesting  date  of  30  June  2015,  and  satisfying 
performance conditions measured over a three year vesting period ending 30 June 2015 relating to: 

  Relative Total Shareholder Returns; 
  Net growth in Ore Reserves, as a proxy for increasing mine life; and  
  Return on capital employed in excess of the weighted average cost of capital, as a measure of 

capital efficiency and generation of shareholder value. 

Relative Total Shareholder Returns 

The  Relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  (Relative  TSR)  is  measured  against  a  defined  peer  group  of 
companies which the Board considers compete with the Group for the same investment capital, both 
in  Australia  and  overseas,  and  which  by  the  nature  of  their  business  are  influenced  by  commodity 
prices and other external factors similar to those that impact on the TSR performance of the Group.  

The  LTI  measurement  methodology  for  Total  Shareholder  Returns  for  comparator  companies  is  as 
follows: 

a.  The TSR performance is calculated for each of the comparator companies that continue to 
be listed on ASX for the duration of the vesting period (“continuing company”); and  

b.  The TSR performance of a comparator company that ceases to be listed on the ASX during 
the  vesting  period  as  a  consequence  of  a  takeover  or  merger  (“exiting  company”)  is 
measured:  
i.  up to the date of that Company ceasing to be listed on ASX adjusted pro rata1 for the 

remainder of the vesting period; plus  

ii.  the  pro-rata  arithmetic  average  TSR  of  the  continuing  companies  (excluding 

St Barbara) for the remainder of the vesting period.  

c.  The  TSR  performance  of  a  comparator  company  that  ceased  to  be  listed  on  the  ASX 
during the vesting period (for any reason other than as a consequence of a takeover or 
merger) is measured as the TSR percentage change divided by the relevant vesting period. 

Example 1:   Company A ceases to exist at end of year 2 on account of a takeover with 90% TSR and for 
year  3  the  arithmetic  average  of  the  continuing  companies  is  30%,  the  deemed  TSR  for 
Company A is (2/3 x 90%) + (1/3 x 30%) = 70%. 

Example 2:   Company A fails as a company at the end of year 1 and ceases to be listed (whatever the 

actual TSR) the deemed TSR for Company A is -33% (being -100% divided by 3 years). 
[1]   “Pro rata” means the TSR of the exiting company, multiplied by the number of days from 
the first day of the LTI measurement period until the date on which the company ceases 
to be listed on the ASX, divided by the total number of days in the vesting period. 

The  peer  group  for  the  FY13  Performance  Rights  comprised  the  following  ASX  listed,  mid  tier  gold 
companies: 

Page 31 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued 

Company 

CGA Mining Limited 

OceanaGold Corporation 

Evolution Mining Limited 

Ramelius Resources Limited 

Focus Minerals Limited 

Regis Resources Limited 

Kingsgate Consolidated Limited 

Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited 

Kingsrose Mining Limited 

Silver Lake Resources Limited 

Medusa Mining Limited 

Tanami Gold NL 

Northern Star Resources Limited 

TSR measures the growth for a financial year in the price of shares plus cash distributions notionally 
reinvested  in  shares.    Company  and  comparator  TSR  performances  are  measured  using  the  10  day 
VWAP  calculation  up  to,  and  including,  the  last  business  day  of  the  financial  period  immediately 
preceding  the  period  that  the  performance  rights  relate  to,  and  in  determining  the  closing  TSR 
performances at the end of the three year period.  Relative TSR performance is calculated at a single 
point  in  time  and  is  not  subject  to  re-testing.   To  satisfy  this  measure,  the  Company’s  TSR  must  be 
equal to or greater than the median TSR performance of a comparator group (that is, the Relative TSR).  

The  proportion  of  the  FY13  Performance  Rights  that  vest  will  be  influenced  by  the  Company’s  TSR 
relative  to  the  comparator  group  over  the  three  year  vesting  period  ending  on  30  June  2015  as 
outlined below: 

Relative TSR Performance  

% Contribution to Rights to Vest 

< 50th percentile 

50th percentile 

>50th & < 75th percentiles 

75th percentile and above 

0% 

50% 

Pro-rata between 50% & 100% 

100% 

Page 32 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

Increase in Ore Reserves 

The proportion of the FY13 Performance Rights that vest will be influenced by the Company’s increase 
in  Ore  Reserves  net  of  production  over  the  three  year  vesting  period  ending  on  30  June  2015  as 
outlined below: 

Increase in Ore Reserves (net of production) 

% Contribution to Rights to Vest 

Negative growth 

Depletion replaced 

20% increase 

0% 

50% 

100% 

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) 

The proportion of the FY 13 Performance Rights that vest will be influenced by the ROCE achieved by 
the Company over the three year vesting period ending on 30 June 2015 as outlined below: 

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) 

% Contribution to Rights to Vest 

Less than or equal to the average annual weighted 
average cost of capital (WACC) over the three year 
vesting period ending on 30 June 2015 

WACC (calculated as above) + 5% 

WACC (calculated as above) + 10% 

Example Calculation of Rights to Vest 

0% 

50% 

100% 

Assuming the following measures over the three year vesting period ending 30 June 2015: 
  Relative TSR: 
 
  ROCE 

Increase in Ore Reserves (net of production) 

70% 
10% 
WACC + 6% 

then the following proportion of performance rights will vest: 

(a) 

Relative TSR 
Actual score:  70th percentile 
Calculation:   50% (for achieving the 50th percentile)  

+ ((70% - 50%)  (75% - 50%)) x (100% - 50%)  
= 90% 

Page 33 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

(b) 

(c) 

Ore Reserves 
Actual increase in Ore Reserves net of production:  10% 
Calculation: 

50% (for achieving replacement of production) 
+ (10%  20%) x (100% - 50%) 
= 75% 

ROCE 
Actual ROCE:  WACC + 6% 
Calculation: 

50% (for achieving the 50th percentile) 
+ ((6% - 5%)  (10% - 5%)) x (100% - 50%) 
= 60% 

(d) 

Combined score 
(90% + 75% + 60%)/3 = 75% 

Using the example of an executive being issued with 100,000 performance rights based on the 
above calculations, hypothetically 75% would vest, which equals 75% x 100,000  = 75,000.  

Expiry and other conditions 

All  performance  rights  expire  on  the  earlier  of  their  expiry  date,  immediately  upon  the  effective 
resignation  date  of  the  relevant  executive  or  twelve  months  from  the  date  of  retirement  or 
retrenchment.  

Performance  rights  granted  under  the  plan  carry  no  dividend  or  voting  rights.    On  vesting  each 
performance right is convertible into one ordinary share. 

Key Features of FY13 Performance Rights at a glance 

  Vesting conditions: 

  Other conditions: 
 
Issue price: 
  Vesting date: 

total shareholder return 
growth in ore reserves 
return on capital employed 

various performance conditions set out above, relating to: 
 
 
 
including continuing employment, set out above 
10 day VWAP at start, 30 June 2012, $2.09 
30 June 2015 

The  assessed  fair  value  at  the  grant  date  of  performance  rights  is  allocated  equally  over  the  period 
from grant date to vesting date.  Fair values at grant date are based on the prevailing market price on 
the date the performance right is granted. 

A  Monte  Carlo  simulation  is  performed  to  determine  the  probability  of  the  market  conditions 
associated  with  the  performance  rights  being  met.    The  probability  estimated  by  the  Monte  Carlo 
simulation  is  then  applied  to  the  fair  value.    For  performance  rights  issued  during  the  year  ended 
30 June 2013  (FY13  Performance  Rights),  taking into  account  the  impact  of  the  market  condition  (as 
discussed above), the estimated fair value was, for accounting purposes, $1,442,000.   

Further information on performance rights is set out in Notes 37 to the Financial Statements. 

Page 34 of 128 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

Illustrative example of performance rights calculation 

Executive Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) 

LTI award value (60% of TFR)  

Performance rights issue price (10 day VWAP) 

$400,000 

$240,000  

$2.09 each 

Performance rights to be granted ($240,000 ÷ $2.09) 

114,833 

4. Company Performance  

In  assessing  the  Company’s  performance  and  improvement  in  shareholder  wealth,  consideration  is 
given to the following measures in respect of the current financial year and the previous four financial 
years.  

Earnings 

Sales revenue 

EBITDA1 

2009 
$’000 

2010 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

281,129 

296,760 

359,575 

541,189 

568,443 

39,701 

33,793 

125,538 

204,034 

(150,628) 

Statutory net profit/(loss) after tax 

(76,344) 

(40,188) 

68,629 

130,230 

(191,854) 

Underlying net profit/(loss) after tax1 

209 

14,547 

54,431 

120,920 

29,285 

$M 

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

$M 

200

100

0

-100

-200

-300

Sales Revenue 

EBITDA1 

$M 

300

200

100

0

-100

-200

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Statutory Net Profit/(Loss) After Tax 

Underlying Net Profit/(Loss) After Tax1 

$M 

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

1  Underlying  net  profit  after  tax  is  statutory  net  profit  after  tax  less  significant  items.    EBITDA  is  earnings  before  interest  revenue,  finance  costs, 
depreciation and amortisation and income tax expense, and includes revenues and expenses associated with discontinued operations.  These are non-IFRS 
financial  measures  which  have  not  been  subject  to  review  or  audit  by  the  Group’s  external  auditors.    These  measures  are  presented  to  enable 
understanding of the underlying performance of the Group by users. 

Page 35 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Remuneration report (Audited) - Continued  

The table below provides the share price performance of the Company’s shares in the 2013 financial 
year and the previous four financial years. 

Share price history 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

Period end share price ($ per share) 

1.38 

Average share price for the year ($ per share) 

1.74 

2.10 

1.68 

1.96 

2.16 

1.77 

2.12 

0.45 

1.35 

During the 2013 financial year, the Company’s daily closing share price ranged between $0.40 to $2.37 
per share (2012: $1.77 to $2.52 per share). 

Gold Production 

koz 

400

300

200

100

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Net Cashflow 

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
measured on a 12 month rolling basis 

$M 

150

100

50

0

-50

-100

20

15

10

5

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

The  Company’s  primary measure  of  safety performance  is  the  rolling  12-month  average  of  the Total 
Recordable  Injury  Frequency  Rate.    As  it  is  difficult  to  ascertain  comparable  industry  data  for  TRIFR, 
St Barbara’s corresponding Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) for the year to 30 June 2013 was 
1.2.  This compares very favourably with published mining industry LTIFR information of 4.7 (Safe Work 
Australia,  LTIFR  for  the  Mining  Industry,  2010-2011  preliminary  information,  which  excludes  LTI  less 
than one working week).  

The Board has regard to the overall performance of the Company over a number of years in assessing 
and  ensuring  proper  alignment  of  the  “at  risk”  remuneration  framework  to  deliver  fair  and  proper 
outcomes consistent with the Company’s performance.  

5.  Remuneration paid 

Details of the remuneration of Directors and the  Key Management Personnel of the Company during 
the year ended 30 June 2013 are set out in the following tables. 

Page 36 of 128 

 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

30 JUNE 2013 

2013 

Name 

Non Executive Directors 
S J C Wise (Chairman) 
D W Bailey 
P C Lockyer 
R K Rae 
E A Donaghey 

Total Non Executive 
Directors 
Executive Director 
T J Lehany 

Other key management 
personnel 
G Campbell-Cowan 
A Croll 
R Kennedy 
K Romeyn(1) 
P Uttley 

Short-term benefits 

Post- employm
ent benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Cash 
salary & fees 
$ 

STI  
payment 
$ 

231,530 
115,596 
115,596 
115,596 
107,339 

685,657 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits(5) 
$ 

16,104(4) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

16,104 

899,330 

341,719 

6,240 

Other  
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Long 
Service 
Leave(2) 
$ 

Share-based 
payments(3) 
$ 

Termination 
payments 
$ 

Total 
$ 

Proportion of 
total 
performance 
related 

Value of 
share based 
payments as 
% of total 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

16,470 
10,404 
10,404 
10,404 
9,661 

57,343 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

264,104 
126,000 
126,000 
126,000 
117,000 

759,104 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

16,470 

44,238 

273,040 

-  1,581,037 

21.6% 

17.3% 

469,930 
534,730 
369,330 
286,275 
396,230 

207,254 
143,308 
136,431 
88,831 
128,162 

3,120 
3,343 
3,120 
66,488 
3,120 

9,000 
- 
- 

- 

16,470 
16,470 
16,470 
13,725 
16,470 

20,950 
4,379 
11,283 
25,897 
45,201 

51,568 
56,747 
41,398 
24,241 
44,286 

- 

- 

- 

778,292 
758,977 
578,032 
505,457 
633,469 

26.6% 
18.9% 
23.6% 
17.6% 
20.2% 

6.6% 
7.5% 
7.2% 
4.8% 
7.0% 

Total Senior Executives 

2,955,825  1,045,705 

85,431 

9,000 

96,075  151,948 

491,280 

-  4,835,264 

(1) Katie-Jeyn Romeyn was promoted to EGM Human Resources in September 2012. 
(2) For current employees, the amount represents the long service leave expense accrued for the period. 
(3) The value of performance rights disclosed as remuneration is the portion of the fair value of the performance rights recognised in the reporting period. 
(4) Represents car parking, mobile phone, and other administrative benefits. 
(5) For the Key Management Personnel, non monetary benefits comprise car parking, professional memberships and relocation expenses. 

Page 37 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

30 JUNE 2013 

2012 

Name 

Non Executive Directors 
S J C Wise (Chairman) 
D W Bailey 
P C Lockyer 
R K Rae 
E A Donaghey 

Total Non Executive 
Directors 
Executive Director 
T J Lehany 

Other key management 
personnel 
G Campbell-Cowan 
A Croll (1) 
D Rose (2) 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 

Short-term benefits 

Post- employm
ent benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Cash 
salary & fees 
$ 

STI  
payment 
$ 

219,225 
107,798 
107,798 
107,798 
100,000 

642,619 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits(6) 
$ 

15,577(5) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

15,577 

832,225 

675,220 

5,810 

Other  
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Long 
Service 
Leave(3) 
$ 

Share-based 
payments(4) 
$ 

Termination 
payments 
$ 

Total 
$ 

Proportion of 
total 
performance 
related 

Value of 
share based 
payments as 
% of total 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

15,775 
9,702 
9,702 
9,702 
9,000 

53,881 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

250,577 
117,500 
117,500 
117,500 
109,000 

712,077 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

15,775 

72,407 

639,020 

-  2,240,457 

30.1% 

28.5% 

434,625 
224,680 
264,965 
348,225 
373,625 

297,151 
128,503 
85,763 
236,009 
239,189 

2,905 
549 
2,572 
2,905 
2,905 

- 
50,000(7) 
- 
- 
- 

15,775 
6,220 
9,202 
15,775 
15,775 

20,328 
2,612 
- 
7,957 
912 

177,468 
36,233 
- 
153,966 
155,855 

- 
- 
330,716 
- 
- 

948,252 
448,797 
693,218 
764,837 
788,261 

31.3% 
28.6% 
12.4% 
30.9% 
30.3% 

18.7% 
8.1% 
- 
20.1% 
19.8% 

Total Senior Executives 

2,478,345  1,661,835 

17,646 

50,000 

78,522  104,216  1,162,542 

330,716  5,883,822 

(1) A Croll commenced employment as Chief Operating Officer on 16 January 2012. 
(2) D Rose resigned with effect on 31 January 2012. 
(3) For current employees, the amount represents the long service leave expense accrued for the period. 
(4) The value of options/performance rights disclosed as remuneration is the portion of the fair value of the options/performance rights recognised in the reporting period. 
(5) Represents car parking, mobile phone, and other administrative benefits. 
(6) For the Senior Executives, non monetary benefits comprise car parking and professional memberships. 
(7) Represents a sign-on payment.

Page 38 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

(a)  Non Executive Directors Fees  

Non Executive Director fees for the 2013 financial year were determined, both as to their composition 
(for base fees and committee work) and overall level, based on advice from McDonald and Company.   

They comprised: 

  Director fees of $100,000;  
  an allowance for chairing a Board Committee of $17,500; and 
  a fee for serving as a member of a Board Committee of $8,500.   

The Chairman’s fee for the 2013 financial year was set at $248,000 (inclusive of all Board Committee 
commitments),  as  well  as  benefits  in  the  form  of  a  car  park,  mobile  telephone  allowance  and  other 
administrative benefits.  

This  was  determined  independently,  based  on  roles  and  responsibilities  in  the  external  market  for 
companies  comparable  with  St  Barbara  Limited.  The  Chairman  was  not  present  at  any  discussions 
relating to the determination of his own remuneration. 

(b)  Executive Key Management Personnel remuneration 

 (i)  Fixed Remuneration - Base salary 

In considering remuneration for Executive Key Management Personnel for the 2013 financial year, the 
Remuneration Committee considered reports from McDonald and Company, as well as industry trend 
data and other relevant remuneration information.  

 (ii)  Variable Remuneration - Short term incentives (STI) 

The Company STI target measures for the 2013 financial year were adjusted following the acquisition 
of the Pacific Operations during the year and comprised: 

STI Target 

(a)  Improve  by  27%  the  safety  performance  of  the  Australian  Operations 
for  the  2013  financial  year  (measured  by  Total  Recordable  Injury 
Frequency Rate) 

Result 

Achieved  

(b)  Exceed  by  10%  the  budgeted(1)  underlying  net  profit  after  tax  for  the 

Achieved  

Australian Operations for the 2013 financial year  

(c)  Exceed by 5% the budgeted gold production for the  Pacific Operations 

Not achieved 

for the six months to 30 June 2013 

(d) Discretionary  factor  determined  by  the  Board  designed  to  take  into 

account unexpected events and achievements during the year 

No  discretionary 
factor applied 

(1) Normalised for movements in the gold price relative to gold price assumptions in the budget. 

The  individual  performance  measures  varied  according  to  the  individual  executive’s  responsibilities, 
and for the 2013 financial year reflected a range of achievements aligned with the Company strategy, 
including  the  integration  of  the  Pacific  Operations.  These  included  measures  relating  to  improving 
safety,  specific  integration  activities,  increasing  production  volumes  and  lowering  production  costs, 

Page 39 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

achieving  exploration  discoveries  and  implementing  business  improvement  systems.  There  was  also 
provision for a discretionary factor designed to take into account unexpected events and achievements 
during the year.  

The tables below describe the Short Term Incentives available to, and achieved by,  Key Management 
Personnel during the year.  

2013 

Maximum potential STI 

Actual STI 
included in 
remuneration 

% of maximum 
‘Target’ STI 
earned 

% of maximum 
potential total 
STI earned 

% of maximum 
potential total 
STI foregone 

Target 
$ 
457,900 
194,560 
220,480 
154,212 
120,000 
165,080 

T J Lehany 
G Campbell-Cowan  
A Croll 
R Kennedy  
K Romeyn (2) 
P Uttley  
(1)  Inclusive of STI “Target” 
(2)  Katie-Jeyn Romeyn was promoted to EGM Human Resources in September 2012.  

75% 
100% 
65% 
88% 
74% 
78% 

$ 
341,719 
207,254 
143,308 
136,431 
88,831 
128,162 

Stretch(1) 
$ 
915,800 
389,120 
440,960 
308,424 
240,000 
330,160 

37% 
53% 
32% 
44% 
37% 
39% 

63% 
47% 
68% 
56% 
63% 
61% 

Amounts shown as “Actual STI” represent the amounts accrued in relation to the  2013 financial year, 
based  on  achievement  of  the  specified  performance  criteria.    No  additional  amounts  vest  in  future 
years in respect of the STI scheme for the 2013 financial year. 

(v)  Variable Remuneration - Long term incentives  (LTI) 

None of the remaining LTI options granted in respect of the FY10 year vested as at 30 June 2013, as 
they did not meet the Relative Total Shareholder Return criteria.  As a result, all options on issue have 
now lapsed. 

(A) Analysis of options granted as compensation 

2013 

Options granted 
Date 

Number 

% vested 
in year 

% forfeited 
in year 

Financial year 
options vest 

T J Lehany 
G Campbell-Cowan 
P Uttley 
R Kennedy 
A 

976,220 
290,670 
256,258 
256,258 

19 Nov 2009 
23 Sep 2009 
23 Sep 2009 
23 Sep 2009 

- 
- 
- 
- 

100 
100 
100 
100 

30 Jun 2013 
30 Jun 2013 
30 Jun 2013 
30 Jun 2013 

All options have  lapsed as  the vesting  service conditions,  which  are continuing service  conditions and relative Total 
Shareholder Returns over a three year period, were not satisfied. 

Value yet to vest 

Minimum 
(A) 
$ 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Maximum 
(B) 
$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(B) Analysis of movements in the value of options granted and exercised 

During the reporting period, no new options were issued and no options vested.  The following options 
in respect of the FY10 year did not vest as at 30 June 2013 and are no longer exercisable: 

T J Lehany 

976,220 

G Campbell-Cowan 

290,670 

R Kennedy 

P Uttley 

256,258 

256,258 

Page 40 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

(C) Performance Rights issued in the 2013 fiscal year. 

Performance Rights Plan 

All  performance  rights were  granted under the  previously  approved St Barbara  Limited Performance 
Rights Plan.  Performance rights issued to Mr Lehany,  Managing Director & CEO, were also approved 
by shareholders at the 2012 Annual General Meeting.   

Performance Rights granted 

Details on performance rights over ordinary shares in the Company that were granted as remuneration 
to each senior executive and details of performance rights that vested in the 2013 financial year are as 
follows: 

2013 

Number of 
performance 
rights granted 
during 2013 

Issue price 
per 
performance 
right 

Grant date 

Expiry date 

Fair value per 
performance 
right at grant 
date  
($ per share)(1) 
1.58 
1.58 
1.58 
1.58 
1.58 
1.58 

Number of 
performance 
rights vested 
during 
FY2013 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

T J Lehany 
G Campbell-Cowan 
A Croll 
R Kennedy 
K Romeyn 
P Uttley 
(1)  The fair value of performance rights at grant date was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation to which a Monte Carlo 
simulation was applied to determine the probability of the market conditions associated with the rights being met.  This 
methodology complied with the requirements of Australian Accounting standard AASB 2 Share Based Payments. 

19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 
19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 
19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 
19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 
19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 
19 Dec 2012  30 Jun 2015 

438,182 
139,636 
158,239 
110,756 
103,349 
118,478 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

6.  Summaries of service agreements for Executive Key Management Personnel 

Remuneration  and  other  terms  of  employment  for  the  Managing  Director  and  CEO  and  the  Key 
Management  Personnel  are  formalised  in  service  agreements.    These  agreements  provide,  where 
applicable, for the provision of performance related cash bonuses, other benefits including allowances, 
and participation in the St Barbara Limited Performance  Rights Plans.  Other major provisions of the 
agreements relating to remuneration are set out below. 

All  contracts  with  Key  Management  Personnel  may  be  terminated  early  by  either  party  giving  the 
required notice and subject to termination payments as detailed below. 

All  service  agreements  with  Key  Management  Personnel,  including  with  the  Managing  Director  and 
CEO comply with the provisions of Part 2 D.2, Division 2 of the Corporations Act. 

T J Lehany – Managing Director and CEO  

1. 

2. 

Term of agreement – permanent employee, commencement 2 March 2009. 

Payment  of  a termination  benefit or  early  termination by the  Company,  other than  for  serious 
misconduct or serious breach of duty: 

a)  Where  6  months  notice  of  termination  is  given;  an  additional  6  months  base  salary  and 
superannuation payment, and (at the discretion of the Board), any entitlement to a ‘stretch 

Page 41 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Remuneration Report (Audited) - Continued 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

performance’  payment  plus  an  amount  equivalent  to  six  months  of  notional  ‘target 
performance’ payment,  or 

b)  Where notice of immediate termination is given, 12 months base salary and superannuation, 
plus (at the discretion of the Board) an amount equivalent to 12 months of a notional ‘target 
performance’ payment. 

The  other  Key  Management  Personnel  are  all  permanent  employees,  entitled  to  payment  of  a 
termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for gross misconduct or for poor 
performance as judged by the Company in its absolute discretion, equal to between 6 and 8 months 
base salary and superannuation. 

Loans to Directors and executives 

There were no loans to Directors or executives during the financial year 2013. 

Page 42 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Indemnification and insurance of officers 

The Company indemnifies all Directors of the Company named in this report, and a number of former 
Directors (including Mr Eduard Eshuys, Ms Barbara Gibson, Mr Richard Knight, Mr Hank Tuten, and Mr 
Mark Wheatley) and current and former executive officers of the Company and its controlled entities 
against all liabilities to persons (other than the Company or a related body corporate) which arise out 
of the performance of their normal duties as Director or executive officer, unless the liability relates to 
conduct involving bad faith.  The Company also has a policy to indemnify the Directors and executive 
officers against all costs and expenses incurred in defending an action that falls within the scope of the 
indemnity and any resulting payments. 

During  the  year  the  Company  paid  an  insurance  premium  for  Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability  and 
Statutory  Liability  policies.  The  contract  of  insurance  prohibits  disclosure  of  the  amount  of  the 
premium and the nature of the liabilities insured under the policy. During the year the Company also 
paid the premium on a Personal Accident insurance policy on behalf of Directors, to insure them for 
travel while on Company business. 

Proceedings on behalf of the company 

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring 
proceedings on behalf of the Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a 
party,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  responsibility  on  behalf  of  the  Company  for  all  or  part  of  those 
proceedings. 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court 
under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Environmental management 

The  Company  regards  compliance  with  environmental  regulations  as  the  minimum  performance 
standard  for  its  operations.    The  Company’s  operations  in  Western  Australia  are  subject  to 
environmental  regulation  under  both  Commonwealth  and  State  legislation.    Within  the  Pacific 
Operations, the Company ensures compliance with the relevant National and Provincial legislation for 
each sovereignty and where appropriate standards or legislation are not available, St Barbara reverts 
to the standard of environmental performance as stipulated in the Western Australian legislation. 

Subsequent  to  the  sale  of  the  Southern  Cross  Operations  assets,  the  rehabilitation  liability  of  the 
Company has been substantially reduced in the year ended 30 June 2013 and St Barbara is committed 
to  the  rehabilitation  and  closure  of  the  remaining  Western  Australian  operations.  A  range  of  new 
environmental management responsibilities have been acquired with the purchase of the Allied Gold 
assets  in  Gold  Ridge  and  Simberi,  and  the  implementation  of  a  new  company  wide  Environmental 
Management  System  (EMS)  is  underway  to  facilitate  the  effective  and  responsible  management  of 
environmental issues to the same high standard across all sites.   

Overall, the number of externally reportable environmental incidents during the year ended 30 June 
2013 was much lower compared with the previous year for Australian Operations.  There was one non-
compliance externally reported for the Southern Cross operations during the  year.  At Leonora, there 
were  five non-compliances  externally  reported. Ongoing training,  education and  the  implementation 
of new environmental management practices at the Leonora and Southern Cross Operations (prior to 
the sale of assets) have resulted in further reductions in the number of environmental incidents, and 
increases in the internal compliance rates for audits and inspections.  

Since the acquisition of the Simberi and Gold Ridge operations, St Barbara has further encouraged and 
supported the reporting, tracking and management of the environmental incidents occurring at these 

Page 43 of 128 

 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

implementation  of  the 
operations.  Further  progress  on  this  will  be  facilitated  through  the 
Environmental  Management  System  at  each  site.    One  formal  notice  was  received  from  the 
Department  of  Environment  and  Conservation  regarding  a  breach  of  Licence  Condition  W16  for  the 
TSF3 embankment lift at Gwalia for the release of seepage water into Lake Raeside on two occasions. 
None of the reported incidents from all sites resulted in impacts on the environment.  

Non-audit services 

During the year the Company employed the auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit 
duties.    The  Company  engaged  KPMG  to  perform  procedures  in  relation  to  certain  financial 
information set out in the preliminary and final offering circular in connection with the offer of debt 
securities by St Barbara.  Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor, KPMG, for  non-audit 
services provided during the 2013 financial year are set out in Note 27 to the financial statements. 

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from 
the Audit Committee, is satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the  Corporations Act 2001.  The 
Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as set out in Note 27 to 
the  financial  statements,  did  not  compromise  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

 

 

 

All non-audit services were reviewed by the Audit Committee to ensure they do not impact the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; 

None  of  the  non-audit  services  performed  in  the  2013  financial  year  undermine  the  general 
principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants; and 

The Audit Committee annually informs the Board of the detail, nature and amount of any non-
audit services rendered by KPMG during the most recent financial year, giving an explanation of 
why the provision of these services is compatible with auditor independence.  If applicable, the 
Audit Committee recommends that the Board take appropriate action in response to the Audit 
Committee’s report to satisfy itself of the independence of KPMG. 

Auditor independence 

A copy of the Auditor’s Independence Declaration required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 
2001 is set out on page 46 and forms part of this Director’s Report.   

Events occurring after the end of the financial year 

The  Directors  are  not  aware  of  any  matter  or  circumstance  that  has  arisen  since  the  end  of  the 
financial year that, in their opinion, has significantly affected or may significantly affect in future years 
the Company’s operations, the results of those operations or the state of affairs, except that on 5 July 
2013 the gold put and call options covering future gold production from the King of the Hills mine were 
closed out for cash proceeds of $8,500,000. 

Page 44 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Rounding of amounts 
St Barbara Limited is a Company of the kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 approved by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission and issued pursuant to section 341(1) of the 
Corporations Act 2001. As a result, amounts in this Directors’ Report and the accompanying Financial 
Report have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, except where otherwise indicated. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors. 

For and on behalf of the Board 
Dated at Melbourne this 22nd day of August 2013 

Timothy J Lehany 
Managing Director and CEO 

Page 45 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 

To: the Directors of St Barbara Limited 

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2013 there have been: 

(i) 

(ii) 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the 
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to 
the audit. 

KPMG 

Tony Romeo 
Partner 

Melbourne 

22 August 2013 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Financial Report Table of Contents 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT ............................................................................................. 48 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ........................................................... 49 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION .................................................................... 50 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY ..................................................................... 51 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT ........................................................................................ 52 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ................................................................ 53 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION ............................................................................................................ 125 

INDEPENDENT AUDIT REPORT ....................................................................................................... 126 

This  financial  report  covers  the  St  Barbara  Group  (the  Group)  consisting  of  St  Barbara  Limited  and  its  subsidiaries.    The 
financial report is presented in the Australian dollar currency. 

St Barbara Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia.  Its registered office is: 

St Barbara Limited 
Level 10, 432 St Kilda Rd 
Melbourne VIC 3004 

A description of the nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities is included in the review of operations and 
activities in the directors’ report, which is not part of this financial report. 

The financial report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 22 August 2013.  The Company has the power to amend 
and reissue the financial report. 

Page 47 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
For the year ended 30 June 2013 

Continuing operations 
Revenue  
Mine operating costs 
Gross profit 

Other revenue 
Other income 
Exploration expensed 
Corporate and support costs 
Royalties 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Expenses associated with acquisitions 
Other expenditure 
Impairment losses and asset writedowns 
Operating (loss)/profit 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012* 
$'000 

Notes 

6 

6 
7 

8 
9 

511,840  
(318,058) 
193,782  

     384,396  
    (152,104) 
     232,292  

4,072  
3,131  

         6,779  
            922  
(21,144)        (16,246) 
(19,253)        (13,732) 
(18,561)        (15,525) 
(92,812)        (63,399) 
(17,261)          (5,664) 
(6,287)          (6,417) 

4,9 

(309,170) 
(283,503)       119,010  

- 

Finance costs 
Foreign exchange gain 
Net realised/unrealised gain/(loss) on derivatives 

8 

9 

(22,892)          (3,754) 

9,122  
15,703  

        - 
  (5,400) 

(Loss)/profit before income tax 

(281,570)       109,856  

Income tax benefit 

10 

82,517 

       20,731  

(Loss)/Profit from continuing operations (net of tax) 

(199,053)       130,587  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net of tax) 

38 

7,199 

(357) 

(Loss)/Profit attributable to equity holders of the 
company 

(191,854) 

130,230 

Earnings per share for continuing and discontinued 
operations: 
Basic earnings per share (cents per share) 
Diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 

Earnings per share for continuing operations: 
Basic earnings per share (cents per share) 
Diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 

*restated to include comparatives for discontinued operations. 

36 
36 

36 
36 

(41.92)  
 (41.62)  

40.04 
39.60 

 (43.50) 
 (43.18) 

 40.15  
 39.71  

The above Consolidated Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 48 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the year ended 30 June 2013 

(Loss)/Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss 

Consolidated 

2013 
$'000 

2012* 
$'000 

Notes 

  (191,854) 

     130,230 

Changes in fair value of available for sale financial assets 

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges taken to reserves 

Income tax on other comprehensive income 

25(a) 

25(a) 

25(a) 

(124) 

(96) 

 11,665  

(2,790) 

(4,609) 

1,484 

Foreign  currency  translation  differences  -  foreign  operations

25(a) 

(29,614) 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss 

- 

- 

- 

Other comprehensive (loss) net of tax(1) 

Total  comprehensive  (loss)/profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of 
the company 

(22,682) 

(1,402) 

(214,536) 

128,828 

*restated to include comparatives for discontinued operations. 

(1)  Other comprehensive income comprises items of income and expense that are recognised directly in reserves or equity.  These items are not recognised in 
the Income Statement in accordance with the requirements of the relevant accounting standards.  Total comprehensive (loss)/ profit comprises the result 
for the year adjusted for the other comprehensive income. 

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 49 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
As at 30 June 2013 

Notes 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Derivative financial assets 
Available for sale financial assets 
Deferred mining costs 
Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred mining costs 
Mine properties 
Exploration and evaluation 
Mineral rights  
Deferred tax asset 
Total non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest bearing borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Net Assets 

Equity 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Accumulated losses 
Total equity 

11 
12 
13 
22 
15 
14 

17 
14 
18 
19 
18 
10 

20 
21 
22 
23 

21 
22 
23 
10 

117,383  
23,158  
63,995 
11,077  
88  
32,411 
248,112 

  339,861   
1,229  
288,936 
15,036  
209,957 
27,231 
882,250  
1,130,362  

88,658 
42,612  
-  
16,738  
148,008 

285,480  
-  
72,771  
876 
359,127 
507,135  

185,242 
13,795 
21,867 
87 
154 
23,789 
244,934 

103,928 
5,917 
289,647 
15,474 
- 
22,215 
437,181 
682,115 

55,542 
3,043 
2,830 
10,824 
72,239 

1,213 
13,547 
31,283 
- 
46,043 
118,282 

623,227  

563,833 

24 
25(a) 
25(b) 

886,242  
(25,002) 
(238,013) 
623,227  

613,275 
(465) 
(48,977) 
563,833 

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 50 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the year ended 30 June 2013 
Share Based 
Payments 
Reserve 
000’s 

Gold Cash Flow 
Hedge Reserve 
000’s 

Contributed 
Equity 
000’s 

Investment 
Fair Value 
Reserve 
000’s 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
Reserve 
000’s 

Retained 
Earnings 
000’s 

Total 
000’s 

the  Company 

Balance at 1 July 2011 
Transactions  with  owners’  of 
recognised directly in equity: 
Share buy back 
Share-based payments expense 
Unlisted options not vested 
Unlisted options expired 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Profit attributable to equity holders of the 
Company 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance at 30 June 2012 

the  Company 

Balance at 1 July 2012 
Transactions  with  owners’  of 
recognised directly in equity: 
Equity issues (net of transaction costs) 
Share-based payments expense 
Unlisted options expired 
Total comprehensive income for the year  
Loss  attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Other comprehensive income/loss 
Balance at 30 June 2013 

24 
25(a) 
25(a) 

615,521 

3,108 

(2,059) 

(2,246) 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
613,275 

613,275 

272,967 
- 
- 

- 
- 
886,242  

- 
1,828 
(924) 
(1,016) 

- 

- 
2,996 

2,996 

- 
963 
(2,818) 

- 
- 
1,141  

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(1,335) 
(3,394) 

(3,394) 

- 
- 
- 

- 
7,021  
3,627  

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(67) 
(67) 

(67) 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
(89) 
(156) 

- 
(29,614) 
(29,614) 

(180,223) 

436,347 

- 
- 
- 
1,016 

(2,246) 
1,828 
(924) 
- 

130,230 

130,230 

- 
(48,977) 

(1,402) 
563,833 

(48,977) 

563,833 

- 
- 
2,818 

(191,854) 
- 
(238,013) 

272,967  
963 
-  

(191,854) 
(22,682) 
623,227  

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 51 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT 
For the year ended 30 June 2013 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities: 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST) 

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST) 

Payments for exploration and evaluation 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Finance charges – finance leases 

Borrowing costs paid 

Notes 

Consolidated 

2013 
$'000 

2012 * 
$'000 

584,716  

553,847 

(489,297) 

(317,729) 

(21,144) 

(16,246) 

3,811  

(5,840) 

(403) 

(815) 

5,555 

(65) 

(278) 

(521) 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

34 

71,028 

224,563 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities: 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Payments for available for sale financial assets 

Payments for property, plant and equipment 

Payments for development of mining properties 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure - capitalised 

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations 

Payments for business combination 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities: 

Proceeds from borrowings: finance leases 

Payments for share buy backs 

Share buy back transaction costs 

Movement in restricted cash 

Gold prepayment facility repayments 
Syndicated debt facility - transaction costs 

Syndicated debt facility - draw down 

Syndicated debt facility – repayment 

Secured notes drawdown 

Secured notes drawdown - transaction costs 

Movement in unclaimed monies 

Principal repayments 

- finance leases 

- equipment financing facility 

- insurance premium funding 

13 

- 

(74,465) 

(60,850) 

- 
17,648  

(206,623) 

68 

(250) 

(18,966) 

(80,757) 

(4,575) 

- 

- 

(324,277) 

(104,480) 

38 

40 

2,503 

- 

- 
(11,832) 

(24,554) 

(7,262) 

150,000 

(150,000) 

240,200  

(11,961) 

- 

(4,657) 

- 

(1,775) 

- 

(2,239) 

(7) 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(665) 

(1,011) 

(7,860) 

(2,544) 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities 

180,662 

(14,326) 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Net movement in foreign exchange rates  

(72,587) 

185,242  

4,728 

105,757 

79,485 

- 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

11 

117,383  

185,242 

*Restated to reflect non-cash financing of assets and operating costs per note 35. 
The above Consolidated Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Page 52 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Table of Contents 

Summary of significant accounting policies ......................................................................................... 54 
Note 1 
New Standards adopted ....................................................................................................................... 70 
Note 2 
Financial risk management ................................................................................................................... 71 
Note 3 
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements .................................................................................... 78 
Note 4 
Segment Information............................................................................................................................ 85 
Note 5 
Revenue ................................................................................................................................................ 89 
Note 6 
Other income ........................................................................................................................................ 89 
Note 7 
Expenses ............................................................................................................................................... 90 
Note 8 
Significant items ................................................................................................................................... 91 
Note 9 
Income tax ............................................................................................................................................ 92 
Note 10 
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................................................... 94 
Note 11 
Trade and other receivables ................................................................................................................. 94 
Note 12 
Inventories ............................................................................................................................................ 95 
Note 13 
Deferred mining costs .......................................................................................................................... 95 
Note 14 
Available-for-sale financial assets......................................................................................................... 95 
Note 15 
Financial instruments ........................................................................................................................... 96 
Note 16 
Note 17 
Property, plant and equipment ............................................................................................................ 97 
Note 18  Mine properties .................................................................................................................................... 99 
Exploration and evaluation ................................................................................................................... 99 
Note 19 
Trade and other payables ..................................................................................................................... 99 
Note 20 
Interest bearing borrowings ............................................................................................................... 100 
Note 21 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities ............................................................................................ 101 
Note 22 
Provisions ........................................................................................................................................... 101 
Note 23 
Contributed equity ............................................................................................................................. 103 
Note 24 
Reserves and accumulated losses ...................................................................................................... 103 
Note 25 
Parent Entity disclosures .................................................................................................................... 106 
Note 26 
Remuneration of auditors .................................................................................................................. 107 
Note 27 
Contingencies ..................................................................................................................................... 107 
Note 28 
Commitments for expenditure ........................................................................................................... 108 
Note 29 
Related party transactions ................................................................................................................. 109 
Note 30 
Controlled entities .............................................................................................................................. 110 
Note 31 
Interests in jointly controlled assets ................................................................................................... 111 
Note 32 
Events occurring after the balance sheet date ................................................................................... 112 
Note 33 
Reconciliation of (loss)/profit after income tax to net cash flows from operating activities ............. 112 
Note 34 
Non-cash investing and financing activities........................................................................................ 112 
Note 35 
Earnings per share .............................................................................................................................. 113 
Note 36 
Share-based payments ....................................................................................................................... 114 
Note 37 
Discontinued Operations .................................................................................................................... 116 
Note 38 
Disposal of subsidiary ......................................................................................................................... 117 
Note 39 
Business Combinations ....................................................................................................................... 118 
Note 40 
Goodwill .............................................................................................................................................. 120 
Note 41 
Key Management Personnel Disclosures ........................................................................................... 121 
Note 42 

Page 53 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 1 

Summary of significant accounting policies 

St  Barbara  Limited  (the “Company”)  is  a  company limited  by shares  incorporated  in  Australia  whose 
shares are publicly traded on the Australian Stock Exchange.  The consolidated financial statements of 
the  Company as  at  and for the  year  ended  30  June  2013  comprise  the Company and  its  subsidiaries 
(together  referred  to  as  the  “Group”),  and  the  Group’s  interest  in  associates  and  jointly  controlled 
entities.  The Group is a for-profit entity primarily involved in the exploration for, and mining of, gold. 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report are set out below.  
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.   

The financial statements have been presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the 
nearest thousand dollars ($000) unless otherwise stated. 

1.1 Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance 

The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with 
Australian  Accounting  Standards  (AASBs)  (including  Australian  Interpretations)  adopted  by  the 
Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board  (AASB)  and  the  Corporations  Act  2001.  Where  required  by 
accounting standards comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation 
in  the  current  year.    The  consolidated  financial  report  of  the  Group  complies  with  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  and  interpretations  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board. 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 22 August 2013. 

Basis of measurement 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the 
following material items: 

  Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; 

  Share based payment arrangements are measured at fair value; 

  Available for sale assets are measured at fair value; 

  Rehabilitation provision is measured at net present value; 

  Long service leave provision is measured at net present value; and 

  Gold prepayment facility is measured at fair value. 

Critical accounting estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  AASB  and  IFRS  requires  management  to 
make  judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  application  of  accounting  policies  and 
the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future 
periods  affected.  The  areas  involving  a  higher  degree  of  judgement  or  complexity,  or  areas  where 
assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in Note 4. 

Page 54 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

1.2 Principles of consolidation 

(i) 

Subsidiaries 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  all  subsidiaries  of  St 
Barbara Limited (''Company'' or ''parent entity'') as at 30 June 2013 and the results of all subsidiaries 
for the year then ended. St Barbara Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial 
report as the Group. 

Subsidiaries  are  all  those  entities  (including  special  purpose  entities)  over  which  the  Group  has  the 
power  to  govern  the  financial  and  operating  policies  so  as  to  obtain  benefits  from  its  activities, 
generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one-half of the voting rights. The existence and 
effect  of  potential  voting  rights  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  convertible  are  considered  when 
assessing whether the Group controls another entity. 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control commences until the date control ceases. 
A list of controlled entities is presented in Note 31. 

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies 
are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the 
impairment  of  the  asset  transferred.  Accounting  policies  of  subsidiaries  have  been  changed  where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Investments  in  subsidiaries  are  accounted  for  at  cost  less  any impairment  charges  within  the  Parent 
Entity disclosures at Note 26. 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of the entity that is controlled by the Group is shown 
separately  in  the  Income  Statement,  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income,  Statement  of  Financial 
Position and Statement of Changes in Equity respectively.  

(ii) 

Associates and jointly controlled entities 

Associates  are  all  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence  but  not  control,  generally 
accompanying a  shareholding  of  between  20% and 50%  of  voting  rights.    An  interest  in  an  associate 
and  a  jointly  controlled  entity  is  accounted  for  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  using  the 
equity method and is carried at cost by the parent entity.   

Profits  or  losses  on  transactions  establishing  the  joint  venture  entity  and  transactions  with  the  joint 
venture  are  eliminated  to  the  extent  of  the  Group’s  ownership  interest,  until  such  time  as  they  are 
realised  by  the  joint  venture  entity  on  consumption  or  sale,  unless  they  relate  to  an  unrealised  loss 
that provides evidence of the impairment of an asset transferred. 

(iii) 

Jointly controlled operations and assets 

Details of unincorporated joint ventures and jointly controlled assets are set out in Note 32. 

Where  material,  the  proportionate  interests  in  the  assets,  liabilities  and  expenses  of  a  joint  venture 
activity are incorporated in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. 

Page 55 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

1.3  Business combinations and goodwill 

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method.  The cost of an acquisition 
is  measured  as  the  aggregate  of  the  consideration  transferred.  The  consideration  transferred  in  a 
business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date 
fair values of assets transferred to the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of 
the acquiree and the equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree.   

Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration and share-based 
payment  awards  of  the  acquiree  that  are  replaced  as  part  of  the  business  combination.  Transaction 
costs  that  the  Group  incurs  in  connection  with  a  business  combination,  other  than  those  associated 
with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. 

Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the  consideration  transferred,  the  amount  of  any 
non-controlling  interests  in  the  acquiree,  and  the  fair  value  of  the  acquirer’s  previously  held  equity 
interest  in  the  acquiree  (if  any)  over  the  net  fair  value  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of  the 
identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.  After initial recognition, goodwill is measured 
at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.   

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is,  from  the 
acquisition date,  allocated  to  each of the  Group’s  Cash  Generating  Units  (CGU)  that  are expected  to 
benefit from the synergies of the combination.  Refer to Note 4(iv) on Impairment. 

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in 
which  the  combination  occurs,  the  Group  reports  provisional  amounts  for  the  items  for  which  the 
accounting is incomplete.  Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement periods or 
additional  assets  or  liabilities  are  recognised  to  reflect  new  information  obtained  about  facts  and 
circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts 
recognised as of that date. 

1.4 Segment reporting 

A reportable segment is a  component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it 
may earn revenues or incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with 
any of the Group’s other components.  The operating results of all reportable segments are regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s Executive Leadership Team (“ELT”) to make decisions about resources to be 
allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which financial information is available. 

Segment results that are reported to the ELT include items directly attributable to a segment and those 
that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.  Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets and 
related depreciation, and corporate expenses. 

Segment capital expenditure represents the total cost incurred during the year for mine development 
and acquisitions of property, plant and equipment. 

1.5 Foreign currency translation 

(i) 

Functional and presentation currency 

Both  the  functional  and  presentation  currency  of  St  Barbara  Limited  and  its  Australian  controlled 
entities  is  Australian  dollars  (AUD).    The  functional  currency  of  the  Group’s  foreign  operations  is  US 
dollars (USD). 

Page 56 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(ii) 

Transactions and balances 

Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  using  the  exchange  rates 
prevailing  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.    Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the 
settlement  of  such  transactions,  and  from  the  translation  at  year  end  exchange  rates  of  monetary 
assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  are  recognised  in  the  income  statement, 
except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges. 

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities are reported as part of the fair 
value  gain  or  loss.    Translation  differences  on  non-monetary  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  such  as 
equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are recognised in the income statement as part of the 
fair  value  gain  or  loss.  Translation  differences  on  non-monetary  financial  assets,  such  as  equities 
classified as available for sale financial assets, are included in the fair value reserve in equity.  

(iii) 

Translation of foreign operations 

The assets and liabilities of controlled entities incorporated overseas with functional currencies other 
than Australian dollars are translated into the presentation currency of St Barbara Limited (Australian 
dollars)  at  the  year-end  exchange  rate  and  the  income  statements  are  translated  at  the  rates 
applicable at the transaction date.  Exchange differences arising on translation are taken directly to the 
foreign currency translation reserve in equity.  On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the 
translation of net investments in foreign operations and of the borrowings designated as hedges of the 
net investment are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve.  If the foreign operation is sold, 
the proportionate share of exchange differences would be transferred out of equity and recognised in 
the income statement. 

1.6 Revenue recognition 

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of amounts collected on 
behalf  of  third  parties.  The  Group  recognises  revenue  when  the  significant  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership have been transferred to the buyer, the amount of revenue can be reliably measured and 
the  associated  costs  can  be  estimated  reliably,  and  it  is  probable  that  future  economic  benefits  will 
flow to the Group.   

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows: 

(i) 

Product sales 

Amounts  are  recognised  as  sales  revenue  when  there  has  been  a  transfer  of  risk  and  rewards  to  a 
customer and selling prices are known or can be reasonably estimated.  

Gains and losses, including premiums paid or received, in respect of forward sales, options and other 
deferred  delivery  arrangements,  which  hedge  anticipated  revenues  from  future  production,  are 
deferred and included in sales revenue when the hedged proceeds are received.  

(ii) 

Interest income 

Interest income is recognised as it accrues, using the effective interest method.   

(iii) 

Dividends 

Dividends are recognised as revenue when the right to receive payment is established. 

Page 57 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(iv) 

Gains on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets and property, plant and equipment 

Revenue  is  recognised  when  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  have  been  transferred,  which  is 
usually considered to occur on settlement. 

(v) 

Third party toll treatment revenue 

Toll treatment revenue represents revenue earned for processing third party ore through the Group’s 
processing  facilities.    Revenue  is  recognised  when  the  third  party’s  product  is  in  a  form  suitable  for 
delivery, and no further processing is required by the Group, and there has been a transfer of risk to 
the third party. 

1.7 Exploration and evaluation/mine properties 

(i) 

Exploration, evaluation and feasibility expenditure 

All  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure  incurred  up  to  establishment  of  reserves  is  expensed  as 
incurred.    From  the  point  in  time  when  reserves  are  established,  exploration  and  evaluation 
expenditure  is  capitalised  and  carried  forward  in  the  financial  statements,  in  respect  of  areas  of 
interest for which the rights of tenure are current and where such costs are expected to be recouped 
through successful development and exploitation of the area of interest, or alternatively, by its sale. 
Capitalised  costs  are  deferred  until  commercial  production  commences  from  the  relevant  area  of 
interest, at which time they are amortised on a unit of production basis. 

Exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure  consists  of  an  accumulation  of  acquisition  costs  and  direct 
exploration  and  evaluation  costs  incurred,  together  with  an  allocation  of  directly  related  overhead 
expenditure. 

Feasibility expenditure represents costs related to the preparation and completion of a feasibility study 
to  enable  a  development  decision  to  be  made  in  relation  to  that  area  of  interest.  Feasibility 
expenditures are expensed as incurred until a decision has been made to develop the area of interest.   

Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment if (i) sufficient data exists to determine 
technical feasibility and commercial viability, and (ii) facts and circumstances suggest that the carrying 
amount  exceeds  the  recoverable  amount  (see  impairment  policy,  Note  1.11).    For  the  purpose  of 
impairment testing, exploration and evaluation assets are allocated to cash-generating units to which 
the exploration activity relates. 

When  an  area  of  interest  is  abandoned,  or  the  Directors  determine  it  is  not  commercially  viable  to 
pursue, accumulated costs in respect of that area are written off in the period the decision is made. 

(ii)  Mines under construction 

Mine  development  expenditure  is  accumulated  separately  for  each  area  of  interest  in  which 
economically  recoverable  reserves  have  been  identified.    This  expenditure  includes  direct  costs  of 
construction,  an  appropriate  allocation  of  overheads  and  borrowing  costs  capitalised  during 
construction.  Once a development decision has been taken, all capitalised exploration, evaluation and 
feasibility expenditure  in  respect  of the  area  of  interest  is  aggregated with  the  costs  of  construction 
and classified under non-current assets as mine development. 

Page 58 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(iii)  Mine development 

Mine  development  expenditure  represents  the  acquisition  cost  and/or  accumulated  exploration, 
evaluation  and  development  expenditure  in  respect  of  areas  of  interest  in  which  mining  has 
commenced. 

When further development expenditure is incurred in respect of a mine, after the commencement of 
production,  such  expenditure  is  carried  forward  as  part  of  the  mine  development  only  when 
substantial future economic benefits are thereby established, otherwise such expenditure is classified 
as part of production and expensed as incurred. 

Mine development costs are deferred until commercial production commences, at which time they are 
amortised on a unit-of-production basis over mineable reserves. The calculation of amortisation takes 
into  account  future  costs  which  will  be  incurred  to  develop  all  the  mineable  reserves.    Changes  to 
mineable reserves are applied from the beginning of the reporting period and the amortisation charge 
is adjusted prospectively from the beginning of the period. 

1.8 Deferred mining expenditure 

Certain mining costs, principally those that relate to the stripping of waste and operating development 
in underground operations, which provide access so that future economically recoverable ore can be 
mined, are deferred in the statement of financial position as deferred mining costs. 

(i) 

Underground operations 

In underground operations mining occurs progressively on a level-by-level basis.  In these operations 
an  estimate  is  made  of  the  life  of  level  average  underground  mining  cost  per  recoverable  ounce  to 
expense  underground  costs  in  the  income  statement.    Underground  mining  costs  in  the  period  are 
deferred  based  on  the  metres  developed  for  a  particular  level.    Previously  deferred  underground 
mining  costs  are  released  to  the  income  statement  based  on  the  recoverable  ounces  produced  in  a 
level multiplied by the life of level cost per recoverable ounce rate. 

Grade control drilling is deferred to the statement of financial position on a level-by-level basis.  These 
amounts are released to the income statement as ounces are produced from the related mining levels. 

(ii) 

Open pit operations 

Overburden  and  other  mine  waste  materials  are  often  removed  during  the  initial  development  of  a 
mine  site  in  order  to  access  the  mineral  deposit.      This  activity  is  referred  to  as  Deferred  Stripping.  
Capitalisation of development stripping costs ceases and the depreciation of costs commences, at the 
time that saleable materials begin to be extracted from the mine.   

Removal of waste material normally continues throughout the life of a mine.  This activity is referred to 
as production stripping and commences at the time that saleable materials begin to be extracted from 
the mine.    

The  amount  of  mining  costs  deferred  is  based  on  the  ratio  obtained  by  dividing  the  waste  tonnes 
mined by the quantity  of  gold ounces  contained  in  the  ore.    Mining  costs  incurred  in the  period are 
deferred to the extent that the current period waste to contained gold ounce ratio exceeds the life of 
mine waste to ore ratio. 

Deferred  mining  costs  are  then  charged  against  reported  earnings  to  the  extent  that,  in  subsequent 
periods,  the  ratio  falls  below  the  life  of  mine  ratio.    The  life  of  mine  ratio  is  based  on  economically 
recoverable reserves of the operation. 

Page 59 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

The life of mine ratio is a function of an individual mine’s design and therefore changes to that design 
will generally result in changes to the ratio.  Changes in other technical or economic parameters may 
impact  reserves,  which will  then  impact the  life  of  mine  ratio.    Changes  to  the  life  of  mine  ratio  are 
accounted for prospectively. 

In  the  production  stage  of  some  operations  further  development  of  the  mine  requires  a  phase  of 
unusually  high  overburden  removal  activity  that  is  similar  in  nature  to  pre-production  mine 
development.  The costs of such unusually high overburden removal are deferred and charged against 
earnings in subsequent periods on a unit-of-production basis. 

1.9 Taxes 

(i) 

Income tax 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax.  Current tax and deferred tax is recognised in 
the  income  statement  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  a  business  combination,  or  items 
recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax 
rates  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  at  the  reporting  date,  and  any  adjustment  to  tax  payable  in 
respect  of  previous  years.    Current  tax  payable  also  includes  any  tax  liability  arising  from  the 
declaration of dividends. 

Additional income tax expenses that arise from the distribution of cash dividends are recognised at the 
same time that the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised.  The Group does not distribute 
non-cash assets as dividends to its shareholders. 

(ii) 

Deferred tax 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.  Deferred 
tax is not recognised for: 

  Temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a 

business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; 

  Temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the 

extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and 

  Taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. 

Deferred  tax  is  measured  at  the  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to  be  applied  to  temporary  differences 
when  they  reverse,  based  on  the  laws  that  have  been  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  by  the 
reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
liabilities  and  assets,  and  they  relate  to  income  taxes  levied  by  the  same  tax  authority  on  the  same 
taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on 
a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously. 

A  deferred  tax  asset  is  recognised  for  unused  tax  losses,  tax  credits  and  deductible  temporary 
differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
they can be utilised.  Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

Page 60 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Tax  benefits  acquired  as  part  of  a  business  combination,  but  not  satisfying  the  criteria  for  separate 
recognition  at  that  date,  are  recognised  subsequently 
information  about  facts  and 
circumstances change. 

if  new 

(iii) 

Tax Exposure 

In  determining  the  amount  of  current  and  deferred  tax  the  Group  takes  into  account  the  impact  of 
uncertain tax positions and whether additional taxes and interest may be due.  This assessment relies 
on  estimates  and  assumptions  and  may  involve  a  series  of  judgements  about  future  events.    New 
information  may  become  available  that  causes  the  Group  to  change  its  judgement  regarding  the 
adequacy of existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period 
that such a determination is made. 

(iv) 

Goods and Services Tax (GST) 

Revenues,  expenses  and  assets  are  recognised  net  of  the  amount  of  associated  GST,  unless  the  GST 
incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority.  In this case it is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense. 

Receivables  and  payables  are  stated  inclusive  of  the  amount  of  GST  receivable  or  payable.    The  net 
amount  of  GST  recoverable  from,  or  payable  to,  the  taxation  authority  is  included  with  other 
receivables or payables in the balance sheet. 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis.  The GST component of cash 
flows  arising  from  investing  or  financing  activities,  which  are  recoverable  from,  or  payable  to,  the 
taxation authority are classified as part of operating cash flows. 

1.10  Leases 

Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership, are classified as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalised at inception of the lease at 
the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum future lease 
payments.  The  corresponding  rental  obligations,  net  of  finance  charges,  are  included  in  interest 
bearing liabilities. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to 
achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The interest element of the finance cost is 
charged to the  income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment 
acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the asset’s useful life, or the lease term if shorter 
where there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease 
term. 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor 
are  classified  as  operating  leases.    Payments  made  under  operating  leases  (net  of  any  incentives 
received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period 
of the lease. 

1.11 

Impairment of assets 

All asset values are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence 
that there have been events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying value may not 
be  recoverable.    Where  an  indicator  of  impairment  exists,  a  formal  estimate  of  the  recoverable 
amount is made.  An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount of an 

Page 61 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

asset or a cash generating unit exceeds the recoverable amount.  Impairment losses are recognised in 
the income statement. Refer to Note 4 (iv). 

1.12  Cash and cash equivalents 

For  cash  flow  statement  presentation  purposes,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand, 
deposits  held  at  call  with  financial  institutions,  other  short  term,  highly  liquid  investments  that  are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in  value,  and  bank  overdrafts.    Bank  overdrafts are  shown  within  borrowings  in  current  liabilities  on 
the balance sheet. 

1.13  Trade receivables 

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, 
less  provision  for  doubtful  debts.  Trade  receivables  are  usually  due  for  settlement  no  more  than  30 
days from the date of recognition.  Cash placed on deposit with a financial institution to secure bank 
guarantee  facilities  and  restricted  from  use  within  the  business  is  disclosed  as  trade  and  other 
receivables. 

Collectability  of  trade  receivables  is  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Debts  which  are  known  to  be 
uncollectible are written off. A provision for doubtful receivables is established when there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of 
receivables.  The  amount  of  the provision  is  the difference  between  the asset’s  carrying  amount and 
the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The amount 
of the provision is recognised in the income statement. 

1.14 

Inventories 

Raw materials and stores, ore stockpiles, work-in-progress and finished gold stocks are valued at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value.  

Cost  comprises  direct  materials,  direct  labour  and  an  appropriate  proportion  of  variable  and  fixed 
overhead  expenditure  relating  to  mining  activities,  the  latter  being  allocated  on  the  basis  of  normal 
operating  capacity.  Costs  are  assigned  to  individual  items  of  inventory  on  the  basis  of  weighted 
average costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less 
the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

1.15 

Investments and other financial assets 

The  Group  classifies  its  investments  and  other  financial  assets  in  the  following  categories:  financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, and available-for-sale financial assets. 
The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  were  acquired.  Management 
determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation 
at each reporting date. 

Investments and other financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus, for assets not at fair 
value  through  profit  and  loss,  any directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  except  as  described  below.  
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  investments  and  other  financial  assets  are  measured  as  described 
below. 

Page 62 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(i) 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  financial  assets  held  for  trading,  which  were 
acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term with the intention of making a profit. 
Derivatives  are  also  categorised  as  held  for  trading,  unless  they  are  designated  as  hedges.    Financial 
assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  changes  therein  are 
recognised  in  the  income  statement.    Attributable  transaction  costs  are  recognised  in  the  income 
statement when incurred. 

(ii) 

Available-for-sale financial assets  

Available  for  sale  financial  assets,  comprising  principally  marketable  equity  securities,  are  non-
derivative  financial  assets  that  are  either  designated  in  this  category  or  not  classified  in  any  of  the 
other  categories.    They  are  included  in  non-current  assets,  unless  management  intends  to  and  can 
dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. 

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  available-for-sale  financial  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  and 
changes therein, other than impairment losses, are recognised as a separate component of equity net 
of attributable tax.  When an asset is derecognised the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred 
to the income statement. 

1.16  Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative financial instruments may be held to protect against the Group’s Australian dollar gold price 
risk  exposures.    Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is 
entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. The accounting for 
subsequent  changes  in  fair  value  depends  on  whether  the  derivative  is  designated  as  a  hedging 
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.  The Group designates certain derivatives 
as either (1) hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value 
hedge); or (2) hedges of the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast 
transactions (cash flow hedges). 

The  Group  documents  at  the  inception  of  the  hedging transaction  the  relationship  between  hedging 
instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking 
various hedge transactions.  The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on 
an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and will 
continue to be, highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. 

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in 
Note 22.  Movements in the gold cash flow hedge reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in Note 
25. 

(i) 

Cash flow hedge 

The  fair  value  of  gold  option  contracts  comprises  intrinsic  value,  that  is,  the  extent  to  which  the 
components of an option are in the money due to a gold forward price falling below or rising above the 
option strike prices, and time value. 

The effective portion of changes in the intrinsic value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as 
cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the gold cash flow hedge reserve.  The gain or loss relating 
to the ineffective portion and time value is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled through the income statement in the  periods when the 
hedged item affects profit or loss (for instance, when the forecast gold sale that is hedged takes place).  

Page 63 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the financial instrument hedging Australian dollar 
gold sales is recognised in the income statement within ‘net realised gains on derivatives’. 

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold  or  terminated,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the 
criteria  for  hedge  accounting,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  that  time  remains  in 
equity  and  is  recognised  when  the  forecast  transaction  is  ultimately  recognised  in  the  income 
statement.    When  a  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss 
that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 

(ii) 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 

Certain  derivative  instruments  do  not  qualify for  hedge  accounting.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  any 
derivative  instrument  that  does  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognised  immediately  in  the 
income statement. 

(iii) 

Hedges of Net Investment 

Hedges  of  a  net  investment  in  a  foreign  operation,  including  a  hedge  of  a  monetary  item  that  is 
accounted for as part of the net investment, are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges.  
Gains or losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are recognised 
directly in equity in the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve, while any gains or losses relating to the 
ineffective portion are recognised in the income statement.  On disposal of the foreign operation, the 
cumulative  value  of  any  gains  or  losses  recognised  directly  in  equity  is  transferred  to  the  income 
statement.  

1.17  Fair value estimation 

The  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  must  be  estimated  for  recognition  and 
measurement, or for disclosure purposes. 

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and 
trading and available for sale securities) is  based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date.  
The  quoted  market  price  used  for  financial  assets  held  by  the  Group  is  the  current  bid  price;  the 
appropriate quoted market price for financial liabilities is the current ask price. 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over the 
counter derivatives) is determined using generally accepted valuation techniques.  The Group uses a 
variety  of  methods  and  makes  assumptions  that  are  based  on  market  conditions  existing  at  each 
balance date.   

The nominal value less estimated credit adjustments of trade receivables and payables are assumed to 
approximate their fair values.  The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated 
by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to 
the Group for similar financial instruments. 

1.18  Property, plant and equipment 

Buildings, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical 
cost  includes  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  items.  Cost  may  also 
include  transfers  from  equity  of  any  gains/losses  on  qualifying  cash  flow  hedges  of  foreign  currency 
purchases of property, plant and equipment. 

Subsequent  costs  are  included  in  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  or  recognised  as  a  separate  asset,  as 
appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow 

Page 64 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are 
charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation  of  assets  is  calculated  using  the  straight  line  method  to  allocate  the  cost  or  revalued 
amounts, net of residual values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows: 

- Buildings 

10 – 15 years 

- Plant and equipment 

3 – 10 years 

- Fixtures and fittings 

10 – 15 years 

Where  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  is  less  than  its  estimated  residual  value,  no  depreciation  is 
charged.  The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each 
balance sheet date. 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its  recoverable  amount,  if  the  asset’s 
carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (Note 1.11). 

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These gains 
and losses are included in the income statement when realised. 

1.19  Mineral Rights 

Mineral rights comprise identifiable exploration and evaluation assets, mineral resources and ore 
reserves, which are acquired as part of a business combination or a joint venture acquisition, and are 
recognised at fair value at date of acquisition.  Mineral rights are attributable to specific areas of 
interest and are amortised when commercial production commences on a unit of production basis 
over the estimated economic reserve of the mine to which the rights relate. 

1.20  Trade and other payables 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services  provided to the Group prior to the end of 
the  financial  year,  which  remain  unpaid  as  at  reporting  date.  The  amounts  are  unsecured  and  are 
usually paid within 30 days from the end of the month of recognition. 

1.21  Borrowings 

Borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are 
subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost  except  for  the  gold  prepayment  facility  which  is 
subsequently measured at fair value  as its amortisation profile changes as a result of the embedded 
derivative.    Any  difference  between  the  proceeds  (net  of  transaction  costs)  and  the  redemption 
amount is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest  method.    Fees  paid  on  the  establishment  of  loan  facilities,  which  are  not  incremental  costs 
relating  to  the  actual  draw  down  of  the  facility,  are  recognised  as  prepayments  and  amortised  on  a 
straight line basis over the term of the facility. 

Borrowings  are  classified  as  current  liabilities  unless  the  Group  has  an  unconditional  right  to  defer 
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date. 

Page 65 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

1.22  Borrowing costs 

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period 
of time it is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale.  Other borrowing 
costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. 

1.23  Provisions 

Provisions,  including  those  for  legal  claims  and  rehabilitation  and  restoration  costs,  are  recognised 
when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past  events,  it  is  more 
likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount 
has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. 

Where  there  are  a  number  of  similar  obligations,  the  likelihood  that  an  outflow  will  be  required  in 
settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised 
even  if  the  likelihood  of  an  outflow  with  respect  to  any  one  item  included  in  the  same  class  of 
obligations may be small. 

A  provision  for  restructuring  is  recognised  when  the  Group  has  approved  a  detailed  and  formal 
restructuring  plan,  and  the  restructuring  has  commenced  or  has  been  announced  publicly.    Future 
operating costs are not provided for. 

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure 
required  to  settle  the  present  obligation  at  the  balance  sheet  date.    The  discount  rate  used  to 
determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as 
interest expense.   

1.24  Employee benefits 

(i) 

Wages and salaries, and annual leave 

Liabilities  for  wages  and  salaries,  including  non-monetary  benefits  and  annual  leave  expected  to  be 
paid within 12 months of the reporting date are recognised in other payables in respect of employees' 
services  up  to  the  reporting  date  and  are  measured  at  the  amounts  expected  to  be  paid,  including 
expected on-costs, when the liabilities are settled.  

(ii) 

Long service leave 

The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as 
the  present  value  of  expected  future  payments  to  be  made,  plus  expected  on-costs,  in  respect  of 
services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to the expected future 
wage  and  salary  levels,  experience  of  employee  departures  and  periods  of  service.  Expected  future 
payments are discounted with reference to market yields on national government bonds with terms to 
maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

(iii) 

Share-based payments 

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees through the Performance  Rights Plan.  
Information relating to this plan is set out in Note 37. 

The  fair  value  of  rights  granted  under  the  Performance  Rights  Plan  is  recognised  as  an  employee 
benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and 

Page 66 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

recognised  over  the  period  during  which  the  employees  become  unconditionally  entitled  to  the 
options  or  rights.    The  amount  recognised  on  issue  date  is  adjusted  to  reflect  the  actual  number  of 
performance  rights  not  expected  to  vest,  based  on  expectations  of  performance  related  conditions.  
Adjustments  to  the  amount  recognised  at  each  reporting  date  are  taken  through  the  income 
statement. 

The  fair  value  of  performance  rights  at  grant  date  is  determined  using  the  market  price  of  the 
Company’s shares on the date of grant and taking into account the vesting and performance criteria 
and probability of market conditions being met using a Monte Carlo Simulation methodology.    

Upon expiry of rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve is either transferred directly to 
retained earnings, where the expiry is due to market conditions not being met, or through the income 
statement. 

Upon the exercise of rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve relating to those rights is 
transferred to share capital. 

(iv) 

Retirement benefit obligations 

Contributions to defined contribution funds are recognised as an expense as they are due and become 
payable.    Prepaid  contributions  are  recognised  as  an  asset  to  the  extent  that  a  cash  refund  or  a 
reduction in future payments is available. 

The Group has no obligations in respect of defined benefit funds. 

(v) 

Executive incentives 

Senior executives may be eligible for Short Term Incentive payments (“STI”) subject to achievement of 
Key Performance Indicators, as recommended by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the 
Board  of  Directors.  The  Group  recognises  a  liability  and  an  expense  for  STIs  in  the  reporting  period 
during which the service is provided by the employee. 

(vi) 

Termination benefits 

Termination  benefits  are  recognised  as  an  expense  when  the  Group  is  demonstrably  committed, 
without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to terminate employment. 

1.25  Contributed equity 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary 
shares and performance rights are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects. 

If  the  entity  reacquires  its  own  equity  instruments,  e.g.  as  the  result  of  a  share  buy-back,  those 
instruments  are  deducted  from  equity  and  the  associated  shares  are  cancelled.    No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the  income  statement  and  the  consideration  paid,  including  any  directly  attributable 
incremental costs, is recognised directly in equity.  

1.26  Earnings per share 

(i) 

Basic earnings per share 

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the 
Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average 
number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  reporting  period,  adjusted  for  bonus  elements  in 
ordinary shares issued during the reporting period. 

Page 67 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(ii) 

Diluted earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to 
take  into  account  the  after  income  tax  effect  of  interest  and  other  financing  costs  associated  with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed  to have been 
issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

1.27  Rehabilitation and mine closure 

The  Group  has  obligations  to  dismantle,  remove,  restore  and  rehabilitate  certain  items  of  property, 
plant and equipment and areas of disturbance during mining operations. 

Under AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment, the cost of an asset must include any estimated costs 
of  dismantling  and  removing  the  asset  and  restoring  the  site  on  which  it  is  located.    The  capitalised 
rehabilitation and mine closure costs are depreciated (along with the other costs included in the asset) 
over the asset’s useful life.  

AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets requires a provision to be made for 
the estimated cost of rehabilitation and restoration of areas disturbed during mining operations up to 
reporting  date  but  not  yet  rehabilitated.    Management  judgments  and  estimates  in  relation  to  the 
rehabilitation provision are provided at Note 4(vi).  Provision has been made in full for all the disturbed 
areas at the reporting date based on current estimates of costs to rehabilitate such areas, discounted 
to  their  present  value  based  on  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  estimated  cost  of  rehabilitation 
includes the current cost of contouring, topsoiling and revegetation to meet legislative requirements. 
Changes in estimates are dealt with on a prospective basis as they arise. 

There is some uncertainty as to the amount of rehabilitation obligations that will be incurred due to 
the  impact  of  changes  in  environmental  legislation  and  many  other  factors,  including  future 
developments, changes in technology and price increases. 

At each reporting date the rehabilitation liability is remeasured in line with changes in the timing and 
/or  amounts  of  the  costs  to  be  incurred  and  discount  rates.  The  liability  is  adjusted  for  changes  in 
estimates.  Adjustments  to  the  estimated  amount  and  timing  of  future  rehabilitation  and  restoration 
cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the significant judgments and estimates involved.  

As  the  value  of  the  provision  represents  the  discounted  value  of  the  present  obligation  to  restore, 
dismantle and rehabilitate, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a 
borrowing cost.  A large proportion of the outflows are expected to occur at the time the respective 
mines are closed. 

1.28  Assets classified as held for sale 

Individual non-current assets or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities are classified as “held 
for  sale”  if  the  carrying  amount  will  be  recovered  principally  through  a  sale  transaction  rather  than 
through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the 
non-current  asset  is  available  for  immediate  sale  in  its  present  condition.    Management  must  be 
committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within 
one year from the date of classification. On initial recognition, assets held for sale are measured at the 
lower  of  their  carrying  amount  and  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  are  no  longer  depreciated  (or 
amortised). 

Page 68 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

1.29  Government royalties 

Royalties under existing regimes are payable on sales revenue, or gold ounces produced and sold, and 
are therefore recognised as the sale occurs. 

1.30  Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/0100, issued by the Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the financial report.  Amounts in 
the  financial  report  have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  Class  Order  to  the  nearest 
thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar. 

1.31  New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

A  number  of  new  standards,  amendments  to  standards  and  interpretations  are  available  for  early 
adoption  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  1  July  2012,  and  have  not  been  applied  in 
preparing these  consolidated financial  statements.    Those new standards,  amendments  to  standards 
and interpretations which may be relevant to the Group are set out below.  The Group does not plan 
to adopt these standards early and is in the process of considering the impact of the changes. 

(i)  Interpretation  20  Stripping  Costs  in  the  Production  Phase  of  a  Surface  Mine  (and  related  AASB 

2011-12 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from Interpretation 20) 

Clarifies the requirements for accounting for stripping costs associated with waste removal in surface 
mining, including when production stripping costs should be recognised as an asset, how the asset is 
initially  recognised,  and  subsequent  measurement.  Interpretation  20  applies  to  annual  reporting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.  The Group does not expect the impact to be material. 

(ii)  AASB  9  Financial  Instruments  (December  2009),  AASB  2009-11  Amendments  to  Australian 
Accounting  Standards  arising  from  AASB  9,  AASB  2012-6  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting 
Standards – Mandatory Effective Date of AASB 9 and Transition Disclosures 

AASB 9 (2009) introduces new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets.  
Under AASB 9, financial assets are classified and measured based on the business model in which they 
are held and the characteristics of their contractual cash flows.  AASB 9 introduces additions relating to 
financial liabilities.  The IASB currently has an active project that may result in limited amendments to 
the classification and measurement requirements of AASB 9 and add new requirements to address the 
impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting.  AASB 9 (2010 and 2009) are effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015. 

(iii) AASB  10  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  AASB  2011-7  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting 

Standards arising from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards 

The  Standard  identifies  the  principles  of  control,  determines  how  to  identify  whether  an  investor 
controls an investee and therefore must consolidate the investee, and sets out the principles for the 
preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  Standard  introduces  a  single  consolidation 
model for all entities based on control, irrespective of the nature of the investee (i.e. whether an entity 
is  controlled  through  voting  rights  of  investors  or  through  other  contractual  arrangements  as  is 
common in 'special purpose entities').   As a result, the Group may need to change its consolidation 
conclusion  in  respect  of  its  investees  which  may  change  the  current  accounting  treatment  of  these.  
AASB 10 is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. 

Page 69 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(iv) AASB 11 Joint Arrangements 
Under AASB 11, the structure of the joint arrangement, although still an important consideration, is no 
longer  the  main  factor  in  determining  the  type  of  joint  arrangement  and  therefore  the  subsequent 
accounting.  The Group will also need to assess the rights the parties have with respect to the assets 
and liabilities in the arrangement.  The Group may need to reclassify its joint arrangements, which may 
lead to  changes  in  current accounting for  these interests.   AASB  11  is  applicable  to  annual  reporting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. 

(v)  AASB  12  Disclosure  of  Interests  in  Other  Entities,  AASB  2011-7  Amendments  to  Australian 

Accounting Standards arising from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards 

AASB  12  brings  together  into  a  single  standard  all  the  disclosure  requirements  about  an  entity’s 
interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, and associates and unconsolidated structure entities.  The 
Group will need to assess the disclosure requirements in comparison with existing disclosures.  AASB 
12  requires  the  disclosure  of  information  about  the  nature,  risks  and  financial  effects  of  these 
interests.  AASB 12 is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. 

(vi) AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and related AASB 2011-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards arising from AASB 13 

AASB 13 replaces the guidance on fair value measurement in existing AASB accounting literature with a 
single standard. AASB 13 applies when another AASB requires or permits fair value measurements or 
disclosures  about  fair  value  measurements  (and  measurements,  such  as  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell, 
based  on fair  value  or  disclosures  about  those measurements).    As  a  result,  the  Group  may  need  to 
consider its fair value methodologies.  AASB 13 is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on 
or after 1 January 2013. 

(vii)  AASB  119  Employee  Benefits  (2011),  AASB  2011-10  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting 

Standards arising from AASB 119 (2011) 

AASB 119 (2011) looks at the classification of employee benefits: the amendments define short term 
employee benefits as employee benefits that are "expected to be settled wholly before twelve months 
after the end of annual reporting period" in place of currently used "due to be settled".  The Group will 
need to consider the impact of this change to the current disclosure of employee benefits. AASB 119 is 
applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. 

New Standards adopted 

Note 2 
The  Company  has  adopted  the  following  new  and/or  revised  Standards,  Amendments  and 
Interpretations from 1 July 2012: 

AASB 2011-9 

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Presentation of Items of 
Other Comprehensive Income  

Adoption of the above Standards did not have any effect on the financial position or performance of 
the Group. 

Page 70 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Financial risk management 

Note 3 
The  Group’s  management  of  financial  risk  is  aimed  at  ensuring  net  cash  flows  are  sufficient  to 
withstand significant changes in cash flow at risk scenarios and still meet all financial commitments as 
and when they fall due.  The Group continually monitors and tests its forecast financial position and 
has a detailed planning process that forms the basis of all cash flow forecasting. 

This  note  presents  information  about  each  of  the  financial  risks  that  the  Group  is  exposed  to,  the 
policies  and  processes  for  measuring  and  managing  financial  risk,  and  the  management  of  capital.  
Further quantitative disclosures are included throughout this financial report. 

The  Group's  normal  business  activities  expose  it  to  a  variety  of  financial  risk,  being:  market  risk 
(especially  gold  price  and  foreign  exchange  risk),  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.        The  Group  may  use 
derivative instruments as appropriate to manage certain risk exposures. 

Risk management in relation to financial risk is carried out by a centralised Group Treasury function in 
accordance  with  Board  approved  directives  which  underpin  Group  Treasury  policies  and  processes.  
The  Group’s  forecast  financial  risk  position  with  respect  to  key  financial  objectives  and  compliance 
with Treasury policy are regularly reported to the Board. 

(a)  Market risk 

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates, 
interest rates and equity prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial 
instruments, cash flows and financial position.  The Group may enter into derivatives, and also incur 
financial  liabilities,  in  order  to  manage  market  risks.    All  such  transactions  are  carried  out  within 
directives and policies approved by the Board. 

(i)  Commodity price risk 

The Group’s revenue is exposed to spot gold price risk.  

The Group has managed commodity price risk from time to time by using a combination of gold put 
options and gold call options to create zero-cost option collar structures as described in (b) below.   

(ii)  Currency risk 

The  Group  is  exposed  to  currency  risk  on  gold  sales  and  transactions  where  the  AUD  spot  rate  is 
quoted as a function of USD, Papua New Guinea Kina (PGK) and Solomon Island Dollars (SBD)  at the 
prevailing exchange rate.  The USD currency exposure in relation to gold sales is not hedged and the 
USD  exposure on transactions  is managed by  selling  gold  in  USD therefore  creating  a  natural  hedge.  
Currently the PGK and SBD exposure is not hedged. 

(iii)  Interest rate risk 

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  Borrowings issued at variable 
rates  expose  the  Group  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk.    Borrowings  issued  at  fixed  rates  expose  the 
Group to fair value interest rate risk.  The Group’s interest rate policy does not specify a mix of fixed 
and  floating  rate  borrowings  and  does  not  require  a  fixed  and  pre-determined  proportion  of  its 
interest rate exposure to be hedged.  Any decision to hedge interest rate risk will be assessed at the 
inception  of  each  floating  rate  debt  facility  in  relation  to  the  overall  Group  exposure,  the  prevailing 
interest rate market, and any funding counterparty requirements.  As at 30 June 2013, interest rates 
on interest bearing liabilities were all fixed as set out in note 16 (b). 

Page 71 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Cash flow hedges 

(b) 
The Group may from time to time be party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of 
business to protect future revenue from gold operations from a significant fall in the price of gold,  in 
accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies. 

(i)  King of the Hills 

During June 2010, the Company entered into a zero cost collar hedging facility for 250,000 ounces of 
gold over a five year period to manage Australian dollar gold price risk associated with the estimated 
production  from  the  King  of  the  Hills  mine.    The  facility  was  fully  drawn  down  by  purchasing  put 
options  and  selling  call  options  over  250,000  ounces  of  gold  (collar  structure)  with  the  following 
strikes: 

  Bought put options at A$1,425/oz 

  Sold call options at A$1,615/oz 

During  financial  year  2013,  39,252  ounces  of  call  options  and  5,417  ounces  of  put  options  were 
exercised  (2012:  Call  options  –  30,000  exercised;  Put  options  –  4,000  ounces  exercised).    During 
financial year 2013, 30,000 ounces of call options and 63,835 ounces of put options expired. 

(ii)  Southern Cross 

In September 2012, the Company entered into a zero cost collar hedging facility for 100,000 ounces of 
gold  over  a  twelve  month  period  to  manage  Australian  dollar  gold  price  risk  associated  with  the 
estimated production from the Southern Cross mine.  The facility was fully drawn down by purchasing 
put  options  and  selling call  options  over  100,000  ounces of  gold  (collar structure)  with the  following 
strikes: 

  Bought put options at A$1,550/oz 

  Sold call options at A$1,610/oz 

During  financial  year  2013,  14,000  ounces  of  call  options  were  exercised  (2012:  48,000),  and  20,000 
ounces  of  put options and  6,000 ounces  of  call options  expired.    As  at 30  June  2013, there  were  no 
option contracts still to mature in relation to Southern Cross. 

The maturity profile of the put and call option contracts remaining as at 30 June 2013 is provided in 
the table below. 

Strike Price 

King of the Hills 
Put: A$1,425/oz 
Call: A$1,615/oz 

Total 
ounces 

6 months or 
less 
ounces 

6 – 12 
months 
ounces 

1 – 2 years 
ounces 

2 – 5 years 
ounces 

110,748 
110,748 

37,998 
37,998 

38,001 
38,001 

34,749 
34,749 

- 
- 

Page 72 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

At the date of entering into each of the collar structures, the net fair value of the put and call options 
was  zero  dollars.    At  30  June  2013,  the  fair  value  of  all  remaining  put  and  call  option  contracts  was 
$11,077,128  (June  2012:  negative  $16,290,000).    $4,261,000  (June  2012:    $11,442,000)  of  this  fair 
value represented an unrealised profit related to time value of the 110,748 ounces outstanding at 30 
June 2013 (June 2012: 195,000 ounces).  A profit of $15,703,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013 was 
recognised  in  the  income  statement  (2012:    loss  of  $5,400,000),  representing  mainly  the  time  value 
movement.  Included in this gain was a net realised gain of $1,498,000 (2012: gain of $702,000), which 
represented  the  unwinding  of  the  unrealised  mark-to-market  gain  previously  recognised  for  options 
that  were  exercised  or  expired  during  the  year  (refer  to  note  1.16).    An  unrealised  profit  of 
$13,376,000 relating to the intrinsic value of the options was recognised in the gold cash flow hedge 
reserve in equity during the year (2012: losses of $3,054,000), with a realised loss of $1,711,000 (2012: 
gain of $264,000) recognised in the reserve for options that were exercised or expired during the year. 
(iii)  Cash flow hedge sensitivity 

The relationship between currencies, spot gold price and volatilities is complex and changes in the 
spot gold price can influence volatility, and vice versa. 

The following table summarises the impact of an A$100 change in the Australian dollar gold price (all 
other variables held constant) on the valuation of the gold option fair values. 

Gold Price Sensitivity 

+A$100 change in AUD spot price 

-A$100 change in AUD spot price 

Impact on post-tax 
result(1) 

2013 
$’000 

(4,771) 

7,597 

2012 
$’000 

2,018 

5,060 

Impact on gold cash 
flow hedge reserve 
net of tax(2) 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

672 

(11,532) 

(3,497) 

4,453 

(1)  Represents the movement in time value (a positive movement represents a gain). 
(2)  Represents the movement in intrinsic value (a positive movement represents a gain). 
(3)  The spot gold price as at 30 June 2013 was A$1,349. 

(c) 

Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk that a counter party will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or 
customer contract, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of the financial assets as 
recorded in the financial statements.  The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities 
(primarily  customer  receivables)  and  from  its  financing  activities,  including  deposits  with  banks  and 
financial institutions and derivatives. 

Credit risks related to receivables 

The  Group’s  most  significant  customer  accounts  for  $2,235,000  of  the  trade  receivables  carrying 
amount  at  30  June  2013  (2012:  $3,599,000),  representing  receivables  owing  from  gold  sales.  
Settlement of the receivables relating to gold sales occurred on 2 July 2013.  Based on historic rates of 
default,  the  Group  believes  that  no  impairment  has  occurred  with  respect  to  trade  receivables,  and 
none of the trade receivables at 30 June 2013 were past due. 

Page 73 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Credit risks related to cash deposits and derivatives 

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions derivative counterparties is managed by 
the  centralised  Group  Treasury  function  in  accordance  with  Board  approved  policy.    Investments  of 
surplus funds are only made with approved counterparties (minimum Standard & Poor’s credit  rating 
of “AA-”) and there is a financial limit on funds placed with any single counterparty. 

Derivative transactions are only made with approved counterparties and more than one counterparty 
is  used  when  tranches  of  derivatives  are  entered  into.    Derivatives  transactions  cover  only  a  small 
proportion of total Group production with maturities occurring over a period of time (refer Note 3(b)). 

(d) 

Currency Risk 

The Group is exposed to currency risk on gold sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated 
in  a  currency  other  than  the  Company’s  functional  currency  of  the  AUD.    The  currencies  in  which 
transactions  primarily  are  denominated  are  Australian  Dollars  (AUD),  US  Dollars  (USD),  Papua  New 
Guinea Kina(PGK) and Solomon Island Dollars (SBD). 

Currency  risk  relating  to  the  Group's  USD  borrowings  is  hedged  against  the  net  investment  in  the 
foreign operations.  Exchange gains and losses upon subsequent revaluation of the USD denominated 
borrowings  from  the  historical  draw  down  rate  to  the  reporting  period  end  spot  exchange  rate  are 
deferred  in  equity  in  the  Foreign  Currency  Translation  Reserve,  and  will  be  released  to  the  income 
statement if the foreign operation is disposed of.  As at 30 June 2013, USD borrowings of $262,274,000 
(2012:  nil)  were  designated  as  a  net  investment  in  foreign  operations.    Interest  on  borrowings  is 
denominated  in  the  currency  of  the  borrowing.  The  Group’s  USD  interest  exposure  is  mitigated 
through USD cash flows realised through gold sales, providing a natural currency hedge.  In respect of 
other  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  the  Group  buys  and  sells 
foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary.  

Exposure to Currency 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade Receivables 
Trade payables 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Net Exposure 

USD 
$’000 

2,741  
2,481  
(16,774) 
(327,459) 
(339,011) 

PGK 
$’000 

1,283  
1,203  
(7,753) 
- 
(5,267) 

SBD 
$’000 

603 
123  
(5,960) 
- 
(5,234) 

Note: there are no 30 June 2012 comparatives as all balances were in AUD 

Page 74 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Sensitivity Analysis 

The following table details the Group's sensitivity to a 10% movement (i.e. increase or decrease) in the 
Australian dollar against the US dollar at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant. The 
10%  sensitivity  is  based  on  reasonably  possible  changes,  over  a  financial  year,  using  the  observed 
range of actual historical rates for the preceding five year period: 

AUD/USD +10% 
AUD/USD -10% 

AUD/PGK +10% 
AUD/PGK -10% 

Impact on Profit After Tax 
Higher/(Lower) 

2013 
000's 
      (25,927) 
       31,688  

2012 
000's 
               -    
               -    

          (479) 
           585  

               -    
               -    

AUD/SBD +10% 
AUD/SBD -10% 
Note: No impact on equity as the foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities represent cash, receivables, payables 
and borrowings.  There are no derivatives. 

          (476) 
           582  

               -    
               -    

Significant assumptions used in the foreign currency exposure sensitivity analysis above include: 

  Reasonably possible movements in foreign exchange rates 

  The translation of the net assets in subsidiaries with a functional currency other than the Australian 

dollar has not been included in the sensitivity analysis as part of the equity movement 

  The  net  exposure  at  the  reporting  date  is  representative  of  what  the  Group  is  expected  to  be 

exposed to in the next 12 months. 

  The  sensitivity  analysis  only  includes  the  impact  on  the  balance  of  financial  assets  and  financial 

liabilities at the reporting date. 

Capital management 

(e) 
The  Group’s  total  capital  is  defined  as  total  shareholders’  funds  plus  net  debt.    The  Group  aims  to 
maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital and maximise shareholder returns.  
The Group has a capital management plan that is reviewed by the Board on a regular basis. 

Consolidated capital 

Total shareholders’ funds 
Borrowings 
Cash and cash equivalents(1) 
Total capital 

2013 
$’000 

623,227 
328,092  
(117,383) 
833,936  

2012 
$’000 

563,833 
4,256 
(4,256) 
563,833 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents are included to the extent that the net debt position is nil. 

The Group does not have a target debt/equity ratio.  There were no changes in the Group’s approach 
to capital management during the year. 

Page 75 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

The  Group  is  not  subject  to  externally  imposed  capital  requirements  other  than  normal  banking 
requirements. 

Cash and cash equivalents does not include cash held on deposit with financial institutions as security 
for bank guarantee facilities totalling $11,955,000 (2012: $123,000) at the reporting date. 

The  Company has  a  $20,000,000  performance  bond  facility with  the  National  Australia  Bank  Limited 
(NAB) to provide security for performance obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, with 
security  given  through  cash  backing  the  facility.    On  21  August  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a 
A$50,000,000 Equity Line standby facility from US-based investment fund YA Global.  Under the terms 
of the facility St Barbara may, at its discretion, issue ordinary shares to YA Global at any time over a 60 
month period up to a total of A$50,000,000.  There has been no draw down under this facility. 

(f) 

Liquidity risk 

Prudent liquidity risk management requires maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the 
availability  of  funding  through  an  adequate  amount  of  committed  credit  facilities  and  the  ability  to 
close out market positions. 

The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  by  continuously  monitoring  forecast  and  actual  cash  flows,  and 
matching maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 

Surplus funds are invested in instruments that are tradeable in highly liquid markets. 

Maturities of financial liabilities 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities.  The amounts disclosed in the table are the 
contractual undiscounted cash flows, which includes interest obligations over the term of the facilities. 

$‘000 

Less than 
6 months 

Maturity of financial liabilities - 2013 
Total 
contractual 
cash flows 

Between 1 
and 5 
years 

Over 5 
years 

6 – 12 
months 

Carrying 
amount 

Senior Secured Notes(i)  
Gold Prepayment Facility(ii) 
Finance lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

 12,413  
 21,525  
 3,017  
 88,658  
125,613 

 12,143  
 21,525  
 2,625  
 -    
 36,293  

 370,786  
 21,525  
 8,141  
 -    
 400,452  

 -      395,342  
 64,575  
 -    
 13,783  
 -    
 88,658  
 -    
 -      562,358  

 262,274  
 53,809  
 12,009  
 88,658  
 416,750  

i. 
ii. 

Excluding capitalised transaction costs and discount. 
Reflects nominal cash outflows (excludes any derivatives). 

Page 76 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

$‘000 

Finance lease liabilities 
Insurance funding liability 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial liabilities(i) 

Maturity of financial liabilities - 2012 

Less than 
6 months 

6 – 12 
months 

Between 1 
and 5 
years 

Over 5 
years 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 

Carrying 
amount 

597 
1,409 
55,542 
729 
58,277 

549 
604 
- 
2,101 
3,254 

1,065 
- 
- 
13,547 
14,612 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

2,211 
2,013 
55,542 
16,377 
76,143 

2,280 
1,976 
55,542 
16,377 
76,175 

(i) Represents the mark-to-market valuation of the option collar structure, and does not represent a contractual cash flow.  The mark-to-
market valuations at 30 June 2012 will change over time as contracts mature, or with changes in the spot gold price and other option 
pricing variables.   

Fair value estimation 

(g) 
On-Balance Sheet 

The net fair value of cash and cash equivalents and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and 
financial  liabilities  of  the  Group  approximates  their  carrying  value.    The  net  fair  value  of  other 
monetary financial assets and financial liabilities is based upon market prices. 

The fair value of the gold put and call options is disclosed in Note 4(viii). 

Fair values 

The carrying amounts and the net fair values of financial assets and liabilities of the Group at balance 
date are: 

Financial assets 
-  Cash and cash equivalents 
-  Restricted cash 
-  Receivables 
-  Available for sale financial assets 
-  Derivative financial asset 

Financial liabilities 
-  Trade and Other Payables 
-  Gold Prepayment Facility 
-  Senior Secured Notes1 
-  Derivative financial liabilities 
-  Lease liabilities 

2013 

Carrying 
Amount 
$’000 

Net Fair 
Value 
$’000 

2012 

Carrying 
Amount 
$’000 

Net Fair 
Value 
$’000 

117,383  
11,955  
7,824  
88  
11,077  
148,327  

88,658  
53,809  
273,650  
- 
12,009  
428,126 

117,824  
11,955  
7,824  
88  
11,077  
148,768 

88,658  
53,809  
253,520  
- 
12,009  
407,996 

185,242 
123 
9,967 
154 
87 
195,573 

55,542 
- 
- 
16,377 
4,256 
76,175 

187,448 
123 
9,967 
154 
87 
197,779 

55,542 
- 
- 
16,377 
4,256 
76,175 

1.  The senior secured note amount excludes $10,218,757 of capitalised transaction costs and $1,157,425 discount on notes. 

Page 77 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 4 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  application  of  accounting  policies  and  the  reported  amounts  of  assets, 
liabilities,  income  and  expenses.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different 
assumptions  and  conditions.  Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on 
historical  experience  and  on  various  other  factors,  including  expectations  of  future  events  that  are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is changed and in any future periods affected. 

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, 
estimates and assumptions are made, and where actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions and conditions that could materially affect financial results or financial position 
reported in future periods. 

i.  Ore reserve estimates 
Reserves  are  estimates  of  the  amount  of  gold  product  that  can  be  economically  extracted  from  the 
Group’s  properties.  In  order  to  calculate  reserves,  estimates  and  assumptions  are  required  about  a 
range  of  geological,  technical  and  economic  factors,  including  quantities,  grades,  production 
techniques,  recovery  rates,  production  costs,  future  capital  requirements,  short  and  long  term 
commodity prices and exchange rates. 

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies to be 
determined  by  analysing  geological  data.  This  process  may  require  complex  and  difficult  geological 
judgements and calculations to interpret the data. 

The  Group  determines  and  reports  ore  reserves  under  the  2012  edition  of  the  Australian  Code  for 
Reporting of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, known as the JORC Code. The JORC Code requires 
the  use  of  reasonable  investment  assumptions  to  calculate  reserves.  Due  to  the  fact  that  economic 
assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period, and geological data is generated 
during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. 

Changes  in  reported  reserves  may  affect  the  Group’s  financial  results  and  financial  position  in  a 
number of ways, including: 

 
 

 

 

Asset carrying values may be impacted due to changes in estimated future cash flows. 
Depreciation  and  amortisation  charged  in  the  income  statement  may  change  where  such 
charges are calculated using the units of production basis. 
Underground capital development and waste stripping costs deferred in  the balance sheet or 
charged  in  the  income  statement  may  change  due  to  a  revision  in  the  development 
amortisation rates and stripping ratios. 
Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in 
estimated reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities. 

ii.  Units of production method of amortisation 

The Group applies the units of production method for amortisation of its life of mine specific assets, 
which results in an amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining life 
of  mine  production.  These  calculations  require  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  in  relation  to 
reserves  and  resources,  metallurgy  and  the  complexity  of  future  capital  development  requirements; 
changes  to  these  estimates  and  assumptions  will  impact  the  amortisation  charge  in  the  income 
statement and asset carrying values. 

Page 78 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

iii.  Amortisation of underground operating development 

The  Group  applies  the  units  of  production  method  for  amortisation  of  underground  operating 
development.    The  amortisation  rates  are  determined  on  a  level-by-level  basis.    In  underground 
operations an estimate is made of the life of level average underground mining cost per recoverable 
ounce  to  expense  underground  costs  in  the  income  statement.    Underground  mining  costs  in  the 
period  are  deferred  based  on  the  metres  developed  for  a  particular  level.    Previously  deferred 
underground  mining  costs  are  released  to  the  income  statement  based  on  the  recoverable  ounces 
produced in a level multiplied by the life of level cost per recoverable ounce rate. 

Grade control drilling is deferred to the statement of financial position on a level-by-level basis.  These 
amounts are released to the income statement as ounces are produced from the related mining levels. 

iv. 

Impairment of assets 

The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to 
the Group and to the particular assets that may lead to impairment.  The recoverable amount of each 
Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is determined as the higher of value-in-use or fair value less costs to sell 
(“Fair Value”), in accordance with significant accounting policy 1.11.  These calculations require the use 
of estimates, which have been outlined in significant accounting policy 1.11. 

Given  the  nature  of  the  Group's  mining  activities,  future  changes  in  assumptions  upon  which  these 
estimates are based may give rise to a material adjustment to the carrying value of the CGU. This could 
lead to the recognition of impairment losses in the future.  

The  significant  and  sustained  decline  in  gold  price  in  the  latter  part  of  the  2013  financial  year 
represented an indicator of possible impairment. For impairment testing, assets are grouped together 
into  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from  continuing  use  that  are  largely 
independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  assets  or  cash-generating  units  (“CGUs”).    As  a  result,  the 
Group assessed the recoverable amounts of each of its CGUs, including goodwill. The identified CGUs 
of  the  Group  are:    Leonora  (combining  the  Gwalia  and  King  of  the  Hills  gold  mines),  Gold  Ridge  and 
Simberi gold mines. 

Unless otherwise identified, the following discussion of (a) Impairment testing and (b) Sensitivity 
analysis is applicable to the assessment of the value-in-use and Fair Value of the Group’s CGUs, 
inclusive of those CGUs in which goodwill is recognised. 

Page 79 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(a) 

Impairments testing 

i. 

Methodology 

Impairment  is  recognised  when  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  recoverable  amount.    The 
recoverable  amount  of  the  Leonora  CGU  was  based  on  the  value-in-use  methodology,  while  the 
Simberi and Gold Ridge CGUs were assessed using Fair Value less costs to sell (“Fair value”). The costs 
to sell have been estimated by management based on prevailing market conditions. 

Value-in-use and Fair Value is determined as the net present value of the estimated future cash flows.  
Future cash flows are based on life-of-mine plans using market based commodity price and exchange 
assumptions  for  both  Australian  Dollar  (AUD)  and  United  States  Dollar  (USD)  gold  price,  estimated 
quantities  of  ore  reserves,  operating  costs  and  future  capital.    When  life-of-mine  plans  do  not  fully 
utilise  the  existing  mineral  resource  for  a  CGU,  and  options  exist  for  the  future  extraction  and 
processing of all or part of those resources, an estimate of the value of unmined resources, in addition 
to an estimate of value of exploration potential, is included in the determination of Fair Value.  

Present values are determined using a risk adjusted discount rate appropriate to the risks inherent in 
the assets. 

Estimates  of  quantities  of  recoverable  minerals,  production  levels,  operating  costs  and  capital 
requirements  are  sourced  from  the  planning  process  documents,  including  life-of-mine  plans,  three 
year business plans and one year budgets.   

Significant  judgements  and  assumptions  are  required  in  making  estimates  of  value-in-use  and  Fair 
Value. The CGU valuations are subject to  variability in key assumptions including, but not limited to: 
long-term  gold  prices,  currency  exchange  rates,  discount  rates,  production  and  operating  costs.  An 
adverse change in one or more of the assumptions used to estimate value-in-use and Fair Value could 
result in a reduction in a CGU’s recoverable value. 

ii. 

Key Assumptions 

The  table  below  summarises  the  key  assumptions  used  in  the  30  June  2013  reporting  date  carrying 
value assessments: 

Gold (Real US$ per ounce) 

Gold (Real A$ per ounce) 

AUD:USD exchange rate 

Pre-tax real discount rate (%) – Australia  

Pre-tax real discount rate (%) – Pacific 
Operations 

2014-2018 

$1,210/oz - $1,216/oz 

$1,332/oz - $1,388/oz 

0.90 declining to 0.82 

12.42 

13.38 

Long term 
2019+ 

$1,200/oz 

$1,410/oz 

0.85 

12.42 

13.38 

Page 80 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Commodity prices and exchange rates 

Commodity  prices  and  foreign  exchange  rates  are  estimated  with  reference  to  external  market 
forecasts and updated at least annually. The rates applied for the first five years of the valuation have 
regard  to  observable  market  data,  including  spot  and  forward  values.  Thereafter  the  estimate  is 
interpolated to the long term assumption, which is made with reference to market analysis. 

Discount rate 

In  determining  the  value-in-use  and  Fair  Value  of  CGUs,  the  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  using 
rates based on the Group’s estimated real pre-tax weighted average cost of capital for each functional 
currency  used  in  the  Group,  with  an  additional  premium  applied  having  regard  to  the  geographic 
location of the CGU. 

Operating and capital costs 

Life-of-mine operating and capital cost assumptions are based on the Group’s latest life-of-mine plans.  
The  projections  do  not  include  expected  cost  improvements  reflecting  the  Group’s  objectives  to 
maximise  free  cash flow,  optimise  and  reduce  activity, apply technology,  improve  capital  and  labour 
productivity.  

Unmined resources and exploration values 

Unmined  resources  may  not  be  included  in  a  CGU’s  particular  life-of-mine  plan  for  a  number  of 
reasons,  including  the  need  to  constantly  re-assess  the  economic  returns  on  and  timing  of  specific 
production options in the current economic environment.  In determining the Fair Value of the Simberi 
and Gold Ridge CGUs, the Group has estimated unmined and exploration resources values based on a 
risked expected valuation methodology, taking into account a range of factors, including the physical 
specifications of the ore, probability of conversion, estimated capital and operating costs, and length 
of mine life. 

Unmined  resources  and  exploration  values  are  not  included  in  the  value-in-use  estimate  for  the 
Leonora CGU.   

The  value  of  unmined  resources  and  exploration  as  a  percentage  of  the  assessed  Fair  Value  in  the 
current period for each CGU subject to impairment is as follows: 

Unmined resource 

Exploration 

Simberi 
% 

4 

3 

Gold Ridge 
% 

15 

6 

Leonora 
% 

N/A 

N/A 

Page 81 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

iii. 

Impacts 

After reflecting the write down of certain assets arising from the Group’s revised operating plans, the 
Group  has  conducted  the  carrying  value  analysis  and  recognised  goodwill  and  non-current  assets 
impairments giving a total charge of A$220,913,000 million after tax, as summarised in the table below 
for Gold Ridge and Simberi.  The recoverable amount of Leonora was assessed to exceed its carrying 
value. 

Write down of assets 
Inventories 

Simberi 
$’000 

Gold Ridge 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

28,546 

10,975 

39,521 

Impairments 
Property, plant and equipment 
Mining properties 
Deferred mining costs 
Mineral rights 
Goodwill 
Total asset impairment and writedowns 
Tax effect 
Total asset impairments and write downs after tax 

92,069 
690 
- 
75,808 
2,535 
 199,648 

54,649 
240 
849 
41,339 
1,470 
 109,522 

146,718 
930 
849 
117,147 
4,005 
309,170 
(88,257) 
220,913 

The  Fair  Value  of  the  Simberi  and  Gold  Ridge  CGUs  has  been  predominantly  impacted  by  the  sharp 
decline in short to medium term gold price assumptions since the acquisition of the Pacific Operations, 
and  to  a  lesser  extent  by  these  operations  taking  longer  and  costing  more  to  reach  profitable 
operational performance. 

Page 82 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(b)  Sensitivity Analysis 

After  recognising  the  asset  impairment  and  write  downs  in  respect  of  the  Simberi  and  Gold  Ridge 
CGUs, the fair value of these assets is assessed as being equal to their carrying amount as at 30 June 
2013. 

Any  variation  in  the  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  Fair  Value  will  result  in  a  change  of  the 
assessed fair value. If the variation in assumption had a negative impact on Fair Value it could indicate 
a requirement for additional impairment of non-current assets. 

It is estimated that changes in the key assumptions would have the following approximate impact on 
the Fair Value of each CGU in its functional currency that has been subject to impairment in the 2013 
statutory accounts: 

Decrease in Fair Value resulting from: 

US$100/oz decrease in gold price 

0.50% increase in discount rate 

Simberi 
$’000 

115,936 

13,772 

Gold Ridge 
$’000 

52,842 

4,058 

The  sensitivities  above  assume  that  the  specific  assumption  moves  in  isolation,  while  all  other 
assumptions  are  held  constant.    In  reality,  a  change  in  one  of  the  aforementioned  assumptions  is 
usually accompanied with a change in another assumption, which may have an offsetting impact (for 
example,  the  recent  decline  in  the  USD  gold  price  was  accompanied  with  a  decline  in  the  AUD 
compared  to  the  USD).  Action  is  also  usually  taken  to  respond  to  adverse  changes  in  economic 
assumptions that may mitigate the impact of any such change. 

v.  Exploration and evaluation expenditure 
As set out in Note 1.7 exploration and evaluation expenditure is capitalised where reserves have been 
established for an area of interest and it is considered likely to be recoverable from future exploitation 
or sale. The accounting policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to 
future  events  and  circumstances,  in  particular  whether  an  economically  viable  extraction  operation 
can  be  established.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  may  change  as  new  information  becomes 
available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the accounting policy, a judgement is made 
that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to the 
income statement. 

vi.  Rehabilitation and mine closure provisions 
As set out in Note 1.27, the value of these provisions represents the  discounted value of the present 
obligation  to  restore,  dismantle  and  rehabilitate  each  site.  Significant  judgement  is  required  in 
determining  the  provisions  for  mine  rehabilitation  and  closure  as  there  are  many  transactions  and 
other factors that will affect the ultimate costs necessary to rehabilitate the mine sites. The discounted 
value  reflects  a  combination  of  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  cost  of  performing  the  work 
required, the timing of the cash flows and the discount rate. 

A  change  in  any,  or  a  combination  of,  the  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  provisions  could 
have  a  material  impact  on  the  carrying  value  of  the  provisions  (refer  to  Note  23).    The  provision 

Page 83 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

recognised  for  each  site  is  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date  and  updated  based  on  the  facts  and 
circumstances  available  at  the  time.  Changes  to  the  estimated  future  costs  for  operating  sites  are 
recognised  in  the  balance  sheet  by  adjusting  both  the  restoration  and  rehabilitation  asset  and 
provision. 

In estimating the rehabilitation provision at 30 June 2013, the following assumptions were made: 

 

 

 
 

Timing of rehabilitation outflows was based on the life of mine plan of each operation, with the 
rehabilitation of legacy areas of disturbance scheduled accordingly. 
Mine demolition costs are estimated on the basis of the expected mine life of each operation.  
Costs are adjusted for potential receipts through the sale of scrap metal. 
Inflation is not applied to cost estimates. 
A pre-tax real discount rate of 5% based on the risks specific to the liability. 

vii.  Taxes 

At 30 June 2012 the Group recognised $20,731,000 of previously unbooked tax losses on the basis that 
it  was  probable  that  future  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which  these  losses  will  be 
generated.  Estimates of future taxable profits are based on forecast cash flows from operations.  At 30 
June 2013 losses not recognised amounted to $263,772,000 for Solomon Islands, PNG and Australia. 
These have not been recognised as it is not probable that the existence of future taxable profits will be 
available against which they can be utilised. 

viii.  Derivative financial instruments 

The Group assesses the fair value of its gold bought put and sold call options (the “collar structure”) at 
each reporting date. 

Fair values have been determined using  a ‘Level 2’ valuation method involving the use of a generally 
accepted option valuation model:  inputs are based on market observable data for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices), at the reporting  date and compared 
with valuations provided by the counterparties to the collar structure.  These calculations require the 
use  of  estimates  and  assumptions.    Any  changes  in  assumptions  in  relation  to  gold  prices  and 
volatilities could have a material impact on the fair valuation attributable to the gold collar structure at 
the reporting date.  When these assumptions change in the future the differences will impact the gold 
cash flow hedge reserve and/or income statement in the period in which the change occurs. 

ix.  Gold prepayment facility 
This  financial  liability  is  influenced  by  the  prevailing  gold  price  which  constitutes  an  embedded 
derivative.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  embedded  derivatives  are  recognised  immediately  in  the 
consolidated income statement as part of finance costs. On acquisition of Allied Gold a provision was 
recognised for the fact that the counterparty to the Gold Prepayment Facility has the right to purchase 
30% of the Simberi and Gold Ridge mines production (over and above the commitment to deliver to 
the repayment  of the  Facility)  for  five  years,  and  25%  for  the  next five  years,  using  a  spot  gold price 
selected from the twelve days prior to settlement of the gold sale. This provision was recognised at fair 
value at acquisition and will be released to the income statement over the life of the contract. 

Page 84 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

x.  Share based payments 
The  Group  measures  the  cost  of  equity settled  transactions  with  employees  by reference  to the  fair 
value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted.  The fair value is determined 
using the assumptions detailed in Note 37. 

Where the vesting of share based payments contain market conditions, in estimating the fair value of 
the equity instruments issued, the Group assesses the probability of the market conditions being met, 
and  therefore  the  probability  of  fair  value  vesting,  by  undertaking  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation.    The 
simulation  performs  sensitivity  analysis  on  key  assumptions  in  order  to  determine  potential 
compliance with the market performance conditions.  The simulation specifically performs sensitivity 
analysis on share price volatility based on the historical volatility for St Barbara Limited and the peer 
group  companies.    The  results  of  the  Monte-Carlo  simulation  are  not  intended  to  represent  actual 
results,  but  are  used  as  an  estimation  tool  by  management  to  assist  in  arriving  at  the  judgment  of 
probability. 

xi.  Purchase Price Allocation 
In relation to the acquisition of Allied Gold Plc, the Group allocated the purchase price consideration to 
the  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  acquired.    Identified  assets  and  liabilities  were  measured  at  fair 
value  at  acquisition.    The  fair  value  of  mineral  rights  acquired  were  valued  using  the  multi-period 
excess  earnings  methodology  (“MEEM”)  where the  mineral  interests  are  represented  by the  present 
value  of  the  incremental  after-tax  cash  flows  attributable  only  to  the  mineral  interests,  after  the 
deduction  of  notional  charges  for  contributory  assets  including  property,  plant  and  equipment, 
working capital and assembled workforce.  Key inputs to the valuation of mineral rights  was the gold 
price  forecast  which  was  based  on  the  gold  forward  curve  in  real  terms  and  consensus  long  term 
forecast at acquisition.  A real post-tax discount rate of 10.5% was applied. 

Note 5 

Segment Information 

The Group has four operational business units:  Leonora Operations, Southern Cross Operations, Gold 
Ridge Operations and Simberi Operations. The operational business units are managed separately due 
to their separate geographic regions. 

The  Leonora  Operations  comprise  two  reportable  segments:    the  Gwalia  and  King  of  the  Hills 
underground gold mines.  The Simberi and Gold Ridge open pit gold mines were added as reportable 
segments  in  the  current  period  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  Mining  Plc  from  7 
September 2012. 

Southern Cross Operations was disposed of during the year and therefore was separately disclosed as 
a discontinued operation.  

The results of all mines are reviewed regularly by the Group’s Executive Leadership Team, in particular 
production, cost per ounce and capital expenditures.   

Information regarding the operations of each reportable segment is included below.  Performance is 
measured  based  on  segment  profit  before  income  tax,  as  this  is  deemed  to  be  the  most  relevant  in 
assessing performance, after taking into account factors such as cost per ounce of production.  

Page 85 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 5  

Segment Information (continued) 

Revenue 
Mine operating costs 
Gross profit 

Royalties (1) 

Impairment losses 

Gwalia 

King of the Hills 

Gold 
Ridge 

Simberi 

Total from 
continuing 
operations 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Southern Cross 
(discontinued 
operations) 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

  279,627   292,197 
 (129,221)  (110,542) 
150,406   181,655 

92,529  
(48,653) 
43,876  

92,199 
(41,562) 
50,637 

70,202  
(74,995) 
(4,793) 

69,482  
(65,188) 
4,294  

511,840   384,396 
(318,057)  (152,104) 
193,783   232,292 

56,603  156,793 
(57,519)  (116,773) 
40,020 

(916) 

  (11,094) 

(11,841) 

(3,621) 

(3,684) 

(2,283) 

(1,563) 

(18,561) 

(15,525) 

(2,144) 

(6,553) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(109,522)  (199,648) 

(309,170) 

- 

- 

- 

Depreciation and amortisation 

  (43,496) 

(45,200) 

(20,609) 

(17,168) 

(10,722) 

(15,166) 

(89,993) 

(62,368) 

(8,190) 

(33,824) 

Reportable segment profit/(loss) before 
income tax 

95,816 

124,614 

19,646   

29,785 

(127,320)  (212,083) 

(223,941)  154,399 

(11,250) 

(357) 

Capital expenditure 

  (46,972) 

(54,355) 

(20,333) 

(28,245) 

(14,732) 

(47,074) 

(129,111) 

(82,600) 

(427) 

(14,185) 

Reportable segment - assets(3) 
Reportable segment - non-current assets 
Reportable segment - liabilities(3) 

  380,093 
  365,375 
9,407 

375,238 
363,726 
9,803 

57,836 
54,006 
8,467 

50,699 
50,169 
8,363 

198,746 
175,136 
47,895 

303,207 
274,989 
53,175 

939,882  425,937 
869,506  413,895 
18,166 
118,944 

- 
- 
- 

22,877 
13,052 
19,425 

1.  Royalties include state and government royalties and corporate royalties 
2.  Geographical information: Gwalia, King of the Hills and Southern Cross operate in Australia.  Gold Ridge operates in the Solomon Islands and Simberi operates in Papua New Guinea 
3.  Represents the reportable segment balances after the asset impairment and write down charge. 

Page 86 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Segment Information (continued) 

Note 5  
Major Customer 
Major customers to whom the Group provides goods that are more than 10% of external revenue 
are as follows: 

Customer A 
Customer B 
Customer C 
Customer D 
Customer E 

Revenue 

% of external revenue 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
% 

2012 
% 

114,190 
106,099 
137,460 
74,903 
71,330 

176,794 
137,243 
104,529 
101,607 
21,016 

20.5 
19.0 
24.6 
13.4 
12.8 

32.6 
25.4 
19.3 
18.8 
3.9 

Reconciliation of reportable segment revenues, profit, assets, and other material items: 

Continuing operations 
Revenues and other income 

Total revenue for reportable segments 

Other revenue 

Other income 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

511,840  

4,072  

3,131  

384,396 

6,779 

- 

Consolidated revenue and other income – continuing operations 

519,043  

391,175 

Continuing operations 
Profit 

Total (loss)/profit for reportable segments 

(223,941) 

154,399 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Other income and revenue 

Exploration expensed 

Unallocated depreciation and amortisation 

Finance costs 

Net fair value movements on gold options 

Corporate and support costs 

Foreign exchange gain 

Expenditure associated with acquisitions 

Other corporate expenses 

7,203 

(21,144) 

(2,819) 

(22,892) 

15,703 

(19,253) 

9,122 

(17,261) 

(6,288) 

7,701 

(16,246) 

(1,031) 

(3,754) 

(5,400) 

(13,732) 

- 

(5,664) 

(6,417) 

Consolidated (loss)/profit before income tax – continuing operations 

(281,570) 

109,856 

Page 87 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 5  

Segment Information (continued) 

Assets 

Total assets for reportable segments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Available for sale financial assets 

Capitalised borrowing costs 

Inventories 

Property, plant & equipment 

Derivative financial assets 

Net deferred tax assets 

Other assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities 

Total liabilities for reportable segments 

Trade and other payables 

Interest bearing liabilities (current) 

Derivative financial liabilities (current) 

Provisions (current) 

Interest bearing liabilities (non-current) 

Derivative financial liabilities (non-current)  

Provisions (non-current) 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

939,882 

109,446 

21,637 

88 

- 

3,077 

11,437 

11,077 

27,231 

6,487 

448,814 

185,242 

13,795 

154 

7,172 

- 

- 

87 

22,215 

4,636 

1,130,362 

682,115 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

118,944 
53,203  

42,612  

- 

4,989  

285,480  

-  

1,031 

876 

37,591 
 55,542  

 3,043  

 2,830  

 4,292  

 1,213  

 13,547  

 224  

- 

507,135 

118,282 

Page 88 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 5  

Segment Information (continued) 

Other material items –  
continuing operations 
Depreciation and 
amortisation 

Capital Expenditure 

Other material items 

Depreciation and 
amortisation 

Capital Expenditure 

Note 6 

Revenue 

Sales revenue-continuing operations 
Sale of gold 
Sale of silver 

Other revenue 
Interest revenue 
Sub-lease rental 

Revenue from continuing operations 

Year ended 30 June 2013 

Reportable 
segment 
totals 

Unallocated 

Consolidated 
totals 

(89,993) 

(2,819) 

(92,812) 

(129,111) 

(2,581) 

(131,692) 

Year ended 30 June 2012 

Reportable 
segment 
totals 

Unallocated 

Consolidated 
totals 

(62,368) 

(1,031) 

(63,399) 

(82,600) 

(1,804) 

(84,404) 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

 508,695  
 3,145  
 511,840  

 3,811  
 261  
4,072  
515,912 

381,618 
2,778 
384,396 

6,442 
337 
6,779 
391,175 

Revenue from discontinued operations (note 38) 

 56,603  

 156,793  

Note 7 

Other income 

Profit on sale of assets 
Royalties 
Other income 
Other income from continuing operations 

Page 89 of 128 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 
14 
338 
2,779 
3,131 

2012 
$'000 
67 
- 
855 
922 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 8 

Expenses 

(Loss)/Profit before income tax includes the following specific 
expenses: 

Depreciation 
Buildings 
Plant and equipment 

Amortisation  
Mine properties and mine development costs  
Other mineral assets 
Capitalised borrowing costs 
Plant/equipment finance leases 

Total depreciation & amortisation – continuing operations 

Finance Costs 
Interest paid/payable 
Borrowing costs 
Finance lease interest 
Fair value movement in gold prepayment facility 
Provisions: unwinding of discount 

Employee related expenses 
Wages and salaries 
Contributions to defined contribution superannuation funds 
Equity settled share-based payments (note 25(a)) 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

2,952 
25,491 
28,443 

53,597  
9,346 
682  
744 
64,369  
92,812  

13,055  
7,972  
403  
(2,083) 
3,545  
22,892  

70,119 
5,520 
963 
76,602 

1,607 
8,793 
10,400 

51,791 
- 
854 
354 
52,999 
63,399 

448 
138 
278 
- 
2,890 
3,754 

32,423 
2,985 
904 
36,312 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 
Lease payments 

1,781 

802 

Page 90 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Significant items 

Note 9 
Significant items are those items where their nature or amount is considered material to the financial 
report.  Such items included within the consolidated results for the year are detailed below. 

Continuing operations 
Impairment losses 

Included within net realised/unrealised gains/(losses) on derivatives 

Net unrealised gain/(loss) on gold cash flow hedges(1) 
Realised gain on gold cash flow hedges(1) 

Included within borrowing costs(2) 
Borrowing costs written off 

Expenses associated with acquisitions(3) 

Integration costs 
Allied Gold acquisition costs 
Redundancy costs 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

(309,170) 

- 

14,205  
1,498  
15,703  

(6,102) 
702 
(5,400) 

(5,678) 

- 

 (7,268) 
 (7,862) 
(2,131) 
(17,261) 

- 
(5,664) 
- 
(5,664) 

Total significant items for continuing operations – pre tax 

(316,406) 

(11,064) 

Total significant items for continuing operations – post tax 

(228,338) 

9,667 

Discontinued operations 

Profit on sale of Southern Cross operations (refer note 38)  

Results from Southern Cross operations(4) (refer note 38) 

22,109 

- 

(11,250) 

9,862 

Southern Cross asset write down 

Included within mine operating costs – deferred operating 
development 
Included within depreciation and amortisation 

Total significant items for discontinued operations – pre tax 

Total significant items for discontinued operations – post tax 

Total significant items – pre tax 

Total significant items – post tax(5) 

(1) Net realised/unrealised gain/(loss) on gold cash flow hedges 

- 
- 

10,859 

7,199 

(3,865) 
(6,354) 

(357) 

(357) 

(305,547) 

(11,421) 

(221,139) 

9,310 

At the date of entering into each of the collar structures, the net fair value of the put and call options was zero dollars.  At 30 June 2013, 
the fair value of all remaining put and call option contracts was $11,077,128 (June 2012: negative $16,290,000).  $4,261,000 (June 2012:  
$11,442,000) of this fair value represents an unrealised profit related to time value of the 110,748 ounces outstanding at 30 June 2013 
(June 2012: 195,000 ounces).  A profit of $15,703,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013 was recognised in the income statement (2012:  
loss of $5,400,000).  Included in this gain was a net realised gain of $1,498,000 (2012: gain of $702,000) which represented the unwinding 
of the unrealised mark-to-market gain  previously recognised for  options that were exercised or expired  during the year (refer to note 

Page 91 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

1.16).    The  unrealised  profit  of  $13,376,000  relating  to  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  options  was  recognised  in  the  gold  cash  flow  hedge 
reserve in equity during the year (2012: losses of $3,054,000), which was net of a realised loss of $1,711,000 recognised in the reserve for 
options that were exercised or expired during the year (2012: gain of $264,000). 

(2) Capitalised borrowing cost written off 
As a result of the senior secured note refinancing of the syndicated debt facility with NAB/Barclays the borrowing costs associated with 
the syndicated facility were written off to the income statement.  Costs to establish the senior secured note issue have been capitalised. 

(3) Expenses associated with acquisitions 
In 2012 the Company engaged various consultants to assist with completing due diligence and in making an offer for Allied Gold (refer 
Note 40 for further details of the Allied Gold transaction).  In 2013 the expenses relate to completing the acquisition and integration of 
Allied  Gold.    The  amount  includes  advisor,  consultant  and  legal  fees  associated  with  the  acquisition  and  integration  of  Allied  Gold’s 
operations.  The redundancy costs relate to payments to employees made redundant as a result of integrating Allied Gold. 

(4)  Results from Southern Cross operations 
The result from Southern Cross operations in the current year predominantly relates to care and maintenance costs. 

(5)  Income tax benefit booked in FY 2012 
In the prior year, a credit of $20,731,000 was recognised as an income tax benefit as a result of booking tax losses which had not been 
previously recognised.  

Note 10 

Income tax  

(a) 

Income tax expense/ (benefit) 

Current tax expense 
Over provision in respect of the prior year 
Deferred income tax (benefit) 
Total income tax benefit for continued and discontinued 
operations 

Comprising of: 
Income tax (benefit) for continued operations 
Income tax expense for discontinued operations 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

32,884 
(3,555) 
(108,186) 

35,432 
- 
(56,163) 

(78,857) 

(20,731) 

(82,517) 
3,660 

(20,731) 
- 

Page 92 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 10 – Income tax (continued) 

(b) 

Numerical reconciliation of income tax benefit to prima facie tax payable 

(Loss)/Profit before income tax benefit – continuing and discontinued 
operations 
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30%  
Tax effect of amounts not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable 
income: 
Legal and other non-deductible expenditure 
Equity settled share based payments 
Transaction costs treated as capital cost base 
Sundry items 
Utilisation of previously unbooked tax losses 
Recognition of previously unbooked tax losses 
Change in fair value of assets acquired 
Research and development incentive (prior year) 
Research and development incentive (current year) 
Impairment – Goodwill 
Current year losses not recognised – offshore entities 
Income tax benefit 

(c) 

Deferred tax balance 

Deferred tax assets 
Tax losses  
Provisions and accruals 
Hedges at fair value 
Investments at fair value 
Tax assets without a carrying amount 
Property plant and equipment 
Total  
Tax effect @ 30% 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Accrued income 
Mine properties – exploration 
Mine properties – development 
Consumables 
Capitalised convertible notes costs 
Hedges at fair value 
Total 
Tax effect @ 30% 
Net deferred tax balance 

Page 93 of 128 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

(270,711) 

109,499 

(81,213) 

32,850 

496 
290 
2,960 
3,508 
(36) 
(2,519) 
(5,637) 
(3,555) 
(6,792) 
1,202 
12,439 
(78,857) 

636 
271 
1,576 
99 
(35,432) 
(20,731) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(20,731) 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

214,344 
62,139 
- 
212 
12,003 
187,359 
476,057 
142,817 

227,897 
43,459 
16,290 
96 
4,104 
- 
291,846 
87,554 

405 
69,730 
272,694 
16,414 
17,866 
11,096 
388,205 
116,462 
26,355 

543 
23,470 
176,194 
10,418 
7,172 
- 
217,797 
65,339 
22,215 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 10 – Income Tax (continued) 

Comprising of: 
Australia – net deferred tax (liabilities)/assets 
Pacific Operations – net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the  
following items: 
Tax losses – Pacific Operations 
Provisions and accruals 
Investments at fair value 
Tax assets without a carrying amount 
Total  
Tax effect @ 30% 

Note 11  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and on hand 
Term deposits 

Consolidated 

2013 
$'000 

(876) 
27,231 

2012 
$'000 

22,215 
- 

263,772 
516 
51,397 
9,909 
325,594 
97,678 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

25,755  
91,628  
117,383  

23,442 
161,800 
185,242 

(a) Cash at bank and on hand 
Cash at bank at 30 June 2013 invested “at call” was earning interest at an average rate of 2% per annum (2012: 4% per annum). 
(b) Term Deposits 
The deposits at 30 June 2013 were earning interest at rates of between 3.7% and 4.25% per annum (2012: rates of between 4.04% and 
5.92% per annum).  While term deposits are invested for defined periods, all deposits can be immediately accessed at minimal or no 
penalty cost.  At 30 June 2013, the average time to maturity was 40 days (2012: 41 days), with $34,583,000 maturing between 90 to 180 
days (2012:  $10,000,000) from balance date. 

Note 12  Trade and other receivables 

Current assets 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Restricted cash(1) 
Prepayments 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

 3,919  
3,905 
 11,955  
 3,379  
23,158 

3,646 
6,321 
123 
3,705 
13,795 

1.Cash held on deposit with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia secures $123,000 for bank guarantees as at 30 June 2013 (2012: 
$123,000) and the remaining $11,832,000 (2012: nil) represents security provided to the National Australia Bank for bank guarantees in 
favour of various government authorities and service providers. 

Information concerning the effective interest rate and credit risk of receivables is set out in Note 3 and Note 16. 

Page 94 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 13 

Inventories 

Consumables 
Ore stockpiles 
Gold in circuit 
Bullion on hand 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

41,972  
4,351  
7,915  
9,757  
63,995  

10,418 
760 
10,689 
- 
21,867 

(a) 

Lower of cost and net realisable value 

At 30 June 2013, ore stockpiles, gold in circuit and consumables are net of impairment losses as 
disclosed in Note 4. Bullion on hand of $9,757,000 was valued at net realisable value (2012: all 
categories at cost). 

Note 14  Deferred mining costs 

Current 
Deferred operating mine development  

Non-current 
Deferred operating mine development 

Note 15  Available-for-sale financial assets 

Current 
At beginning of year 
Additions 
Revaluation loss taken to equity 
Effects of movement in exchange rates 

(a) 

Listed securities 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

32,411 

23,789 

1,229 

5,917 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

 154  
 51  
(124)  
 7  
 88  

- 
250 
(96) 
- 
154 

Available-for-sale financial assets as at 30 June 2013 consisted of publicly traded shares in companies 
listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. 

Page 95 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 16 

Financial instruments 

(a) 

Credit Risk Exposures 

Refer Note 3 for the Group’s exposure to credit risk. 

(b) 

Interest Rate Risk Exposures 

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity 
periods  is  set  out  in  the  following  tables.    Exposures  arise  predominantly  from  assets  and  liabilities 
applying  variable  interest  rates,  as  the  Group  intends  to  hold  fixed  rate  assets  and  liabilities  to 
maturity. 

2013 

Fixed Interest Maturing in 

Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Available for sale financial assets 
Gold put and call options 

Weighted average interest rate 

Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Finance lease liabilities 
Gold prepayment facility 
Senior secured notes 

Weighted average interest rate 

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 

Floating 
Interest 
rate $’000 

1 year or 
less  
$’000 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$’000 

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
$’000 

25,755  
-  
- 
- 
- 

25,755 

1.18% 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

n/a 

91,628 
11,955 
- 
- 
- 

103,583 

3.98% 

- 
4,218  
38,394  

42,612  

11.51% 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

-  

n/a 

- 
7,791  
15,415  
262,274  

285,480  

9.04% 

- 
- 
7,824  
88  
11,077  

18,989  

n/a 

88,658 
- 
- 
- 

88,658 

n/a 

Total 
$’000 
117,383  
11,955  
7,824  
88  
11,077  

148,327  

88,658 
12,009  
53,809  
262,274  

416,750 

25,755 

60,971 

(285,480) 

(69,669) 

(268,423) 

Page 96 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 16      Financial instruments (continued) 

2012 

Fixed Interest Maturing in 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$’000 

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
$’000 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
992 
- 
- 

992 

7.59% 

(992) 

Total 
$’000 
185,242 
123 
9,967 
154 
87 

195,573 

55,542 
2,280 
16,377 
1,976 

76,175 

- 
- 
9,967 
154 
87 

10,208 

55,542 
264 
16,377 
- 

72,183 

(61,975) 

119,398 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

33,137 
306,724 
339,861 

18,405 
85,523 
103,928 

Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Available for sale financial assets 
Gold put and call options 

Weighted average interest rate 

Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Finance lease liabilities 
Gold put and call options 
Insurance premium funding 

Weighted average interest rate 

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 

Floating 
Interest 
rate $’000 
23,442 
123 
- 
- 
- 

23,565 

3.78% 

1 year or 
less  
$’000 
161,800 
- 
- 
- 
- 

161,800 

5.48% 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
1,024 
- 
1,976 

3,000 

5.93% 

23,565 

158,800 

Note 17  Property, plant and equipment 

Non-current – net written down value 
Land and buildings 
Plant and equipment 

Page 97 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 17 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment is set out 
below: 

Land and buildings 
At the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Additions due to business combination (refer Note 40) 
Depreciation 
Disposals 
Impairment losses and write downs 
At the end of the year 

Plant and equipment 
At the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Additions due to business combination (refer Note 40) 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Impairment losses and write downs 
Effects of movement in foreign exchange rates 
At the end of the year 
Total 

(a) 

Security 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

18,405 
802 
27,352 
(2,952) 
(1,295) 
(9,175) 
33,137 

16,256 
3,756 
- 
(1,607) 
- 
- 
18,405 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

85,523 
90,525 
293,261 
(3,735) 
(28,085) 
(137,544) 
6,779 
306,724 
339,861 

89,494 
15,701 
- 
(1) 
(15,770) 
(3,901) 
- 
85,523 
103,928 

As at 30 June 2013, plant and equipment with a carrying value of $11,459,000 (2012: $1,997,000) was pledged 
as security for finance leases (Note 21).  In accordance with the security arrangements the senior secured notes 
are  secured  by  the  assets  of  St  Barbara  Limited;  the  security  does  not  include  the  assets  of  the  Pacific 
operations.   

Page 98 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 18  Mine properties 

Non-current 
Mine Properties - development 
At beginning of the year 
Direct expenditure 
Amortisation for the year 
Amortisation for discontinued operations 
Impairment losses and write downs 
At end of the year 

Mineral rights 
At the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Additions due to business combination (refer Note 40) 
Amortisation 
Impairment losses and write downs 
At the end of the year 

Note 19  Exploration and evaluation 

Non-current 
Exploration and evaluation 
At beginning of the year 
Expenditure capitalised for the year 
Disposals 
Exploration and evaluation written off 
At end of the year 

Note 20  Trade and other payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Other payables 

Page 99 of 128 

Consolidated 
2013 
 $'000  

2012 
 $'000  

289,647  
60,850  
(54,279) 
(6,352) 
(930) 
288,936 

283,991 
80,757 
(50,946) 
(22,432) 
(1,723) 
289,647 

- 
- 
336,450 
(9,346) 
(117,147) 
209,957 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Consolidated 
2013 
 $'000  

2012 
 $'000  

15,474 
- 
(438) 
- 
15,036 

11,629 
4,575 
- 
(730) 
15,474 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

85,474 
3,184  
88,658 

54,434 
1,108 
55,542 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 21 

Interest bearing borrowings 

Current 
Secured 
Lease liabilities (Note 29) 
Gold prepayment facility 

Unsecured 
Insurance premium funding 
Total current 

Non-current 
Secured 
Lease liabilities (Note 29) 
Senior secured notes (net of transaction costs) 
Gold prepayment facility 
Total non-current 

Interest rate risk exposures 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

4,218  
38,394 
42,612 

- 
42,612 

7,791  
262,274  
15,415 
285,480 

1,067 
- 
1,067 

1,976 
3,043 

1,213 
- 
- 
1,213 

Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate changes on borrowings are set out in Note 3 and 16.  

Set-off of assets and liabilities 

The parent entity has established a legal right of set-off with a financial institution over cash on deposit 
to secure the issue of bank guarantees for the purpose of environmental performance bonds.  At 30 
June 2013, restricted cash for this purpose amounted to $11,955,000 (2012: $123,000). 

Gold prepayment facility 

The  gold  prepayment  facility  comprises  a  gold  loan  and  an  embedded  derivative  which  are  settled 
concurrently  with  each  repayment,  and  therefore  disclosed  as  a  single financial  liability measured  at 
fair  value.    The  gold  prepayment  facility is  repaid  through  the delivery of  gold  ounces  in  accordance 
with a monthly amortisation profile.  Changes in the fair value of the financial liability are separated 
between  interest  cost  and  the  movement  in  the  embedded  derivative,  which  are  recognised 
immediately in the consolidated income statement as part of finance costs. 

Senior secured notes 

On 27 March 2013, the Group settled an offering of US$250 million senior secured notes issued in the 
United  States  Rule  144A  bond  markets  and  to  certain  persons  outside  the  United  States.  The  senior 
secured notes are due 15 April 2018 with a coupon rate of 8.875%p.a. payable bi-annually.  The notes 
were  issued  by  St  Barbara  Limited  and  are  secured  by the  Company’s  Australian  assets;  the  security 
does  not  include  the  assets  of  the  Pacific  Operations.    The  USD  value  of  the  notes  outstanding  at 
reporting  date  is  converted  to  AUD  at  the  AUD/USD  exchange  rate  as  at  30  June  2013.  The  related 
transaction costs capitalised against the borrowings amount to $10,218,757 and will be amortised over 
the period to 15 April 2018.  

Page 100 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 22  Derivative financial assets and liabilities 

Current assets 
Fair value of gold option collar 

Non-current assets 
Fair value of gold option collar 

Current liabilities 
Fair value of gold option collar 

Non-current liabilities 
Fair value of gold option collar 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

11,077 

- 

- 

- 

87 

- 

2,830 

13,547 

(a) 

Instruments used by the Group 

Refer to Note 3 ‘Financial Risk Management’ for details on instruments used by the Group. 

(b) 

Estimation of current and non-current assets and liabilities 

In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  gold  option  collars  at  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  obtains  an 
independent valuation of each option tranche within each collar.  The  valuation is performed using a 
generally accepted option valuation model where inputs are based on market observable data for the 
asset or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).  Each tranche is then 
classified as a current or non-current asset or liability accordingly. 

Note 23  Provisions 

Current 
Employee benefits – annual leave 
Employee benefits – long service leave 
Employee benefits - other 
Provision for rehabilitation  
Other provisions 

Page 101 of 128 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

4,828  
1,658  
5,689  
2,383  
2,180  
16,738 

2,569 
1,583 
2,078 
3,694 
900 
10,824 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 23     Provisions (continued) 

Non-current 
Provision for rehabilitation 
Employee benefits - long service leave 
Other provisions 

Movements in Provisions 
Rehabilitation 
Balance at start of year 
Additions due to business combination 
Reduction in provision due to Southern Cross disposal 
Unwinding of discount 
Provisions made during the year 
Provisions used during the year 
Effects of movements in the foreign exchange rate 
Balance at end of year 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

58,713  
2,600  
11,458 
72,771 

30,071 
1,212 
- 
31,283 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

33,765 
26,544 
 (16,852) 
3,545  
13,647 
(3,737) 
4,184 
61,096 

34,531 
- 
- 
2,890 
(3,656) 
- 
- 
33,765 

Other provisions includes recognition of the fact that the counterparty to the Gold Prepayment Facility 
has  the  right  to  purchase  30%  of  the  Simberi  and  Gold  Ridge  mines  production  (over  and  above  the 
commitment to deliver to the repayment of the Facility) for five years, and 25% for the next five years, 
using  a  spot  gold  price  selected  from  the  twelve  days  prior  to  settlement  of  the  gold  sale.    This 
provision was booked at fair value on acquisition – refer Note 4 (ix). 

Page 102 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 24  Contributed equity 

(a) 

Share capital 

2013 
Shares 

2012 
Shares 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Ordinary shares - fully paid 

488,074,077  324,620,389 

886,242 

613,275 

(b)  Movements in ordinary share capital: 

Date 
1 July 2012 

Details 

7 Sept 2012 

Issue of shares 

30 Jun 2013 

Closing balance 

Notes 

Number of 
shares 

324,620,389 

Issue 
price 
($/share) 

$’000 

613,275 

(i) 

163,453,688 

1.67 

272,967 

488,074,077 

886,242 

(i) 

Issue of shares upon acquisition of Allied Gold Limited on 7 September 2012. 

(c) 

Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the 
Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.   

On  a  show  of  hands  every  holder  of  ordinary  shares  present  at  a  meeting  in  person  or  by  proxy,  is 
entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote. 

(d) 

Options and Performance Rights 

Information relating to the St Barbara Employee Option Plan and Performance Rights Plan, including 
details of options and rights issued, exercised and lapsed during the financial year and outstanding at 
the end of the financial year, is set out in Note 37. 

Note 25  Reserves and accumulated losses 

(a) 

Reserves 

Reserves 
Share Based payment reserve 
Investment Fair Value Reserve 
Gold Hedge reserve 
Foreign currency translation reserve 

Page 103 of 128 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

1,141 
(156) 
3,627 
(29,614) 
(25,002) 

2,996 
(67) 
(3,394) 
- 
(465) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 25 

Reserves and accumulated losses (continued) 

Share based payments reserve 
Balance at start of year 
Option/performance rights expense 
Option/performance rights expired and transferred to retained earnings 
Option/performance rights not vesting 
Balance at end of year 

Investments fair value reserve 
Balance at start of year 
Fair value adjustment 
Tax effect of fair value adjustments 
Balance at end of year 

Gold cash flow hedge reserve 
Balance at start of year 
Options exercised/expired 
Fair value adjustments 
Tax effect of fair value movements 
Balance at end of year 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Balance at start of year 
Movement during the year 
Balance at end of year 

(b) 

Accumulated losses 

Movements in accumulated losses were as follows: 

Balance at start of year 
(Loss)/Profit attributable to members of the Company 
Transferred from share based payment reserve 
Balance at end of year 

Consolidated 
2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2,996 
963 
- 
(2,818) 
1,141 

(67) 
 (124) 
 35  
 (156) 

(3,394) 
(1,711) 
 13,376  
 (4,644) 
3,627  

- 
(29,614) 
(29,614) 

3,108 
1,828 
(1,016) 
(924) 
2,996 

- 
(96) 
29 
(67) 

(2,059) 
264 
(3,054) 
1,455 
(3,394) 

- 
- 
- 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 
 (48,977) 
(191,854) 
 2,818  
(238,013) 

2012 
$'000 
(180,223) 
130,230 
1,016 
(48,977) 

Page 104 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(c) 

Share based payments reserve 

The share based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options and rights issued to 
executives and employees but not exercised. During the year, $2,818,000 previously recognised in the 
share based payment reserve for 1,955,263 options which expired during the year were transferred as 
a  gain to accumulated  losses  (2012:  gain  of  $1,016,000).  Accounting  standards  preclude the  reversal 
through  the  income  statement  of  amounts  which  have  been  booked  in  the  share  based  payments 
reserve for options and rights which expire due to not having met a market based vesting condition. 

(d) 

Gold cash flow hedge reserve 

At each balance sheet date, a mark-to-market valuation of the Group’s gold bought put options and 
sold  call  options  (the  “collar  structure”)  is  performed.    Where  the  hedge  is  effective,  changes  in  fair 
value  relating  to  the  intrinsic  portion  of  the  valuation  are  recognised  in  the  gold  cash  flow  hedge 
reserve.  If the underlying options expire, the reserve relating to the expired options reverses against 
the derivatives liability/asset. 

(e) 

Investment fair value reserve 

Subsequent to initial recognition, available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value and 
changes therein, other than impairment losses, are recognised as a separate component of equity net 
of attributable tax.  When an asset is derecognised the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred 
to the income statement.  

(f) 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

The assets and liabilities of controlled entities incorporated overseas with functional currencies other 
than Australian dollars are translated into the presentation currency of St Barbara Limited (Australian 
dollars) at the year-end exchange rate and the revenue and expenses are translated at the rates 
applicable at the transaction date.  Exchange differences arising on translation are taken directly to the 
foreign currency translation reserve in equity.   

Page 105 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 26  Parent Entity disclosures 

As at, and throughout, the financial year ended 30 June 2013, the parent company of the Group was St 
Barbara Limited. 

(a) 

Financial statements 

Results of the parent entity 
(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Parent Entity 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

 (196,307)  
 11,549  
 (184,758)  

130,230 
(1,402) 
128,828 

Other comprehensive income is set out in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Parent Entity 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

 186,060  
 986,127  

244,936 
682,295 

 64,079  
 348,950  

83,640 
129,683 

  886,242 
 1,141  
(148)  
3,627 
(253,685) 
637,177 

613,275 
2,996 
(67) 
(3,394) 
(60,198) 
552,612 

Financial position of the parent entity at year end 
Current assets 
Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Total equity of the parent entity comprising: 
Share capital 
Share based payments reserve 
Investment fair value reserve 
Gold cash flow hedge reserve 
Retained earnings/(Accumulated losses) 
Total equity 

(b) 

Parent entity contingencies 

The parent entity had no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2013. 

(c) 

Parent entity guarantees 

Refer Note 28 for details of bank guarantees issued by the parent entity. 

Page 106 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 26 

Parent Entity disclosures (continued) 

(d) 

Parent entity capital commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Contracted but not yet provided for and payable 
Within one year 

Company 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

- 

- 

Note 27  Remuneration of auditors 
During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the 
parent entity and its related practices: 

Consolidated 
2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

Assurance services 
(a) 
Audit and audit related services 
KPMG  

Audit and review of financial reports  

Total remuneration for audit and audit related services 

 527,500  
527,500 

261,000 
261,000 

Non-audit services1 

(b) 
KPMG  

Services relating to the senior secured note issue 
Financial and accounting due diligence services 

Total remuneration for non-audit services 

364,208  
 -    

364,208 

 -    
 495,000  
495,000  

(1) Non audit services of $92,012 were paid to BDO (WA) for services relating to the senior secured note issue. 

Note 28  Contingencies 

(a) 

Contingent liabilities and assets 

The Company and consolidated entity had no contingent liabilities or assets at 30 June 2013. 

(b) 

Bank guarantees 

The  Group  has  negotiated  bank  guarantees  in  favour  of  various  government  authorities  and  service 
providers.    The  total  of  these  guarantees  at  30  June  2013  was  $11,955,000  (2012:  $20,608,000).  
Security is provided to the National Australia Bank Limited (“NAB”) (refer to Note 17) for $11,832,000 
of  this  amount  in  cash  deposits.    Cash  held  on  deposit  with  the  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia 
secures the remaining $123,000 as at 30 June 2013 (refer to Note 12). 

Page 107 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 29  Commitments for expenditure 

Exploration 
In  order  to  maintain  rights  of  tenure  to  mining  tenements,  the  Group  is 
committed  to  tenement  rentals  and  minimum  exploration  expenditure  in 
terms  of  the  requirements  of  the  relevant  state  government  mining 
departments  in  Western  Australia,  New  South  Wales  and  South  Australia.  
This requirement will continue for future years with the amount dependent 
upon tenement holdings. 

Finance Lease Commitments 
Payable not later than one year 
Payable later than one year, not later than five years 

Future finance charges 
Total lease liabilities 

Current (Note 21) 
Non-current (Note 21) 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

8,061 

9,677 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

5,863  
8,141  
14,004  
(1,995) 

12,009  

4,218  
7,791  
12,009  

1,408 
1,065 
2,473 

(193) 
2,280 

1,067 
1,213 
2,280 

These finance lease commitments relate to vehicles and plant and equipment, and are based on the 
cost of the assets and are payable over a period of up to 48 months at which point ownership of the 
assets transfers to the Group. 

Analysis of Non-Cancellable Operating Lease Commitments 

Payable not later than one year 
Payable later than one year, not later than five years 
Payable later than five years 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

 1,604  
 5,139  
 1,194  
 7,937  

916 
3,093 
85 
4,094 

Page 108 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 29    Commitments for expenditure (continued) 

Analysis of Non-Cancellable Operating Sub-lease receipts 

Receivable not later than one year 
Receivable later than one year, not later than five years 

Note 30  Related party transactions 

a) 

Directors and key management personnel 

Consolidated 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

214 
392 
606 

207 
607 
814 

Disclosures relating to Directors and Key Management Personnel are set out in Note 42. 

(b) 

Transactions with entities in the wholly-owned group 

St  Barbara  Limited  is  the  parent  entity  in  the  wholly-owned  group  comprising  the  Company  and  its 
wholly-owned subsidiaries. It is the Group’s policy that transactions are at arm’s length.  

During  the  year  the  Company  charged  management  fees  of  $2,509,000  to  an  entity  in  the  wholly-
owned group (2012: $ nil).   

Loans  payable  to  and  advanced  from  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  to  the  Company  amount  to  a  net 
receivable of $123,200,000 (2012: net payable $11,401,000).  

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the 
Company have been eliminated on consolidation.  

(c) 

Guarantees 

Subsidiary  companies  have  guaranteed  the  parent  entity’s  obligations  under  the  bank  guarantee 
facilities provided by the National Australia Bank Limited and Commonwealth Bank of Australia. 

(d) 

Terms and conditions 

Outstanding balances are unsecured and are repayable in cash on demand. 

(e) 

Amounts receivable from Director related entities 

At 30 June 2013, there were no amounts receivable from Director related entities (2012: $ nil). 

(f) 

Other Transactions with Directors of the Company and their Director related entities 

During the year ended 30 June 2013, there were no other transactions with Directors of the Company 
and their Director related entities. 

Page 109 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 31  Controlled entities 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following 
subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy in Note 1 Principles of Consolidation. 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Ownership Interest 

June 
2013 
% 

June 
2012 
% 

Carrying value of 
company’s investment 

June  
2013 
$’000 

June 
2012 
$’000 

Parent entity 

St Barbara Limited 

Subsidiaries of St Barbara Limited 
Allied Gold Mining Ltd3 

Australian Eagle Oil Co Pty Ltd 

Capvern Pty Ltd 

Eagle Group Management Pty Ltd 

Murchison Gold Pty Ltd 

Kingkara Pty Ltd 

Oakjade Pty Ltd 

Regalkey Holdings Pty Ltd 

Silkwest Holdings Pty Ltd 

Sixteenth Ossa Pty Ltd 

Vafitu Pty Ltd 

Zygot Pty Ltd 

Australia 

UK 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Subsidiaries of Allied Gold Mining Ltd 

Allied Gold Ltd 

Australia 

100 

Subsidiaries of Allied Gold Limited  
Advance R&D Pty Ltd 1 

AGL (ASG) Pty Ltd 

AGL (SGC) Pty Ltd 

Allied Gold Finance Pty Ltd 

Allied Gold Services Pty Ltd 

Allied Tabar Exploration Pty Ltd 
Aretrend Pty Ltd 1 

Australian Solomons Gold Limited 

Nord Pacific Limited 

Subsidiaries of AGL (SGC) Pty Ltd  

Compania  Minera  Nord  Pacific  De  Mexico,  S.A.  DE 
C.V. 2 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Canada 

Australia 

Mexico 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

1   Non operating. 
2 
3 

49,999 shares held by AGL (SGC) Pty Ltd.  1 share held by AGL (ASG) Pty Ltd. 
Formerly Allied Gold Mining Plc. 

Page 110 of 128 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

255,638 

178 
- 

- 

178 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                           
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Ownership Interest 

June 
2013 
% 

June 
2012 
% 

Carrying value of 
company’s investment 

June  
2013 
$’000 

June 
2012 
$’000 

Subsidiaries of Allied Tabar Exploration Pty Ltd  

Tabar Exploration Company Ltd 

Subsidiaries of Australian Solomons Gold Limited  

JU Mine (Australia) Pty Ltd 

Subsidiaries of Nord Pacific Limited 

Nord Australex Nominees (PNG) Ltd 

Simberi Gold Company Limited 

Subsidiaries of JV Mine Australia 

Solomon Islands International Pty Ltd 

Subsidiaries of Solomon Islands International Pty Ltd  
ASB Solomon Islands Ltd 4 

Australia 

PNG 

Australia 

Australia 

Canada 

PNG 

PNG 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Solomon Islands 

100 

Subsidiaries of ASG Solomon Islands Ltd  
Gold Ridge Mining Ltd 5 

Solomon Islands 

Solomon Islands 

100 

Note 32 

Interests in jointly controlled assets 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

June 2013 
Equity  % 

June 2012 
Equity  % 

Joint Venturers 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA 

Leonora Region 

Mount Newman - Victory 

Sandy Soak 

Melita 

McEast/Pipeline 

Black Cat 

Silver Phantom 

South Rankin 

92% 

91% 

80% 

20% 

40% 

70% 

75% 

87% 

91% 

80% 

20% 

40% 

70% 

75% 

Astro Diamond Mines N.L. 

Hunter Resources Pty Ltd 

Dalrymple Resources N.L. 

Cheperon Gold Partnership 

Terrain Minerals Ltd 

Bellriver Pty Ltd 

Comet Resources Limited 

As at 30 June 2013 there was no joint venture assets or liabilities recorded in the balance sheet (2012: 
Nil).  
As at 30 June 2013 there were no interests in jointly controlled assets in Solomon Islands or Papua 
New Guinea. 

4   175,762,501 shares held by Solomon Islands International Pty Ltd. 1 share held by JV Mine (Australia)Pty Ltd. 
5 

175,762,501 shares held by ASG Solomon Island Ltd. 74,443,511 shares held by Australian Solomons Gold Ltd. 1 share held by Solomon Islands 
International Pty Ltd. 

Page 111 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 33  Events occurring after the balance sheet date 

The  Directors  are  not  aware  of  any  matter  or  circumstance  that  has  arisen  since  the  end  of  the 
financial year that, in their opinion, has significantly affected or may significantly affect in future years 
the Company’s or the Group’s operations, the results of those operations or the state of affairs, except 
that on 5 July 2013 the gold put and call options were closed out for cash proceeds of $8,500,000. 

Note 34  Reconciliation of (loss)/profit after income tax to net cash flows from operating activities 

(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment losses and write downs 
Income tax (benefit)/expense 
Net gain on sale of property plant and equipment 
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations (refer note 38) 
Recognition of unbooked tax losses 
Net realised/unrealised loss/(gain) on gold derivative fair value 
movements 
Unwinding of rehabilitation provision 
Net transaction costs paid 
Unrealised foreign exchange gain 
Equity settled share-based payments 
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
    (Increase)/decrease in receivables and prepayments 
    (Increase)/decrease in inventories 
    (Increase)/decrease in other assets 
    Increase/(decrease) in trade creditors and payables 
    Increase/(decrease) in non-current provisions 
    Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 
Net cash flows from operating activities 

*Restated to reflect non-cash financing of assets and operating costs per note 35. 

Note 35  Non-cash investing and financing activities 

Proceeds from insurance premium funding 
Acquisition of vehicles and equipment through finance leases 
Acquisition of software licence 

Page 112 of 128 

2012* 
$’000 

Consolidated 
2013 
$’000 
(191,854) 
101,002  
309,170 
(78,857) 
(13) 
(22,109) 
- 
(15,703) 

130,230 
90,869 
10,219 
- 
(67) 
- 
(20,731) 
5,400 

3,538 
5,764 
(9,643) 
963 

12,894  
(24,592) 
(283) 
(4,609) 
(14,640) 
- 
71,028 

- 
- 
- 
904 

10,345 
(4,009) 
(10,408) 
7,037 
(866) 
5,640 
224,563 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

- 
8,528 
1,024 
9,552 

2,736 
491 
- 
3,227 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 36  Earnings per share 

(a) 

Basic earnings per share 

Continued operations 
Continued and discontinued operations 

(b) 

Diluted earnings per share 

Continued operations 
Continued and discontinued operations 

Consolidated 
2013 
Cents 

(43.50) 
(41.92) 

(43.18) 
(41.62) 

2012 
Cents 

40.15 
40.04 

39.71 
39.60 

(c) 

Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

Basic and diluted earnings per share: 
(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year - continuing operations 
(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year – including discontinued 
operations 

(d)  Weighted average number of shares 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the 
denominator in calculating basic earnings per share 

Consolidated 
2013 
$'000 

2012 
$'000 

(199,053)  

130,587 

(191,854)  

130,230 

Consolidated 
2013 
Number 

2012 
Number 

457,622,431 

325,285,005 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary 
shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted earnings per 
share 

460,946,718 

328,885,173 

(i) Performance rights 
Performance  rights  granted  to  employees  under  the  St  Barbara  Performance  Rights  Plan  are 
considered  to  be  potential  ordinary  shares  and  have  been  included  in  the  determination  of  diluted 
earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive.  The rights have not been included in the 
determination of basic earnings per share.  Details relating to the rights are set out in Note 37. 

Page 113 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 37  Share-based payments 

(a) 

Employee Option Plan 

The establishment of the St Barbara Limited Employee Option Plan was approved by shareholders at 
the 2001 Annual General Meeting.  Options were granted as part of an employee’s total remuneration 
package.  Options were granted for a three to five year period.  Commencing with the 2011 financial 
year long term incentives were granted in the form of Performance rights. 

During the year ended 30 June 2013, $2,818,000 previously recognised in the share based payment 
reserve for 1,955,263 options, which expired during the year, were transferred as a gain to 
accumulated losses.  All options have expired and no new options were granted.  Accounting standards 
preclude the reversal through the Income Statement for amounts which have been booked in the 
share based payments reserve for options which satisfy service conditions but do not vest due to 
market conditions. 

Consolidated and parent entity – 2013 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

Exercise 
Price 

23 Sep 09 

23 Sep 14 

$1.722 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
Number 
1,955,263 

Granted 
during the 
year 
Number 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 

- 

Expired 
during the 
year 
Number 
(1,955,263) 

Balance at 
end of the 
year  
Number 
- 

Weighted average exercise price 

$2.02 

$1.72 

- 

Consolidated and parent entity – 2012 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

11 Sep 06 
01 Dec 06 

06 May 09 
06 May 09 
23 Sep 09(2) 
Total 

11 Sep 11 
01 Dec 11 

02 Mar 14 
03 Apr 14 

23 Sep 14 

Exercise 
Price 

$2.863 
$3.181 

$2.286 
$2.466 

$1.722 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
Number 

333,334 
83,334 

251,350 
517,354 

2,284,737 

3,470,109 

Granted 
during the 
year 
Number 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

Expired 
during the 
year 
Number 
333,334(1) 
83,334(1) 
251,350(2) 
517,354(2) 
329,474(3) 
1,514,846 

Balance at 
end of the 
year  
Number 
- 
- 

- 
- 

1,955,263 

1,955,263 

Weighted average exercise price 

$2.02 

$2.40 

$1.72 

(1)  Options expired during the year. 
(2)  Options did not meet performance criteria, therefore did not vest.  
(3)  Expired on termination of employment with the Company. 

Exercisable 
at end of the 
year  
Number 

- 

- 

Exercisable 
at end of the 
year  
Number 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

Page 114 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(b) Employee Performance Rights 

Set  out  below  are  summaries  of  performance  rights  granted  to  employees  under  the  St  Barbara 
Limited Performance Rights Plan approved by shareholders: 

Consolidated and parent entity – 2013 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

 Price on 
issue date 

23 Dec 10 
21 Jan 11 
28 Oct 11 
23 Nov 11 
15 Mar 12 
19 Dec 12 
Total 

30 Jun 13 
30 Jun 13 
30 Jun 14 
30 Jun 14 
30 Jun 14 
30 Jun 15 

$2.26 
$1.81 
$2.23 
$2.20 
$2.09 
$2.09 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
Number 
 1,909,640  
 114,611  
 960,115  
 459,621  
 243,496  
 -    
 3,687,483  

Granted 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,573,697 
 1,573,697  

Weighted average exercise price 

- 

- 

(1)  Expired due to termination of employment 

Consolidated and parent entity – 2012 

Grant Date 

Expiry Date 

 Price on 
issue date 

23 Dec 10 
21 Jan 11 
28 Oct 11 
23 Nov 11 
15 Mar 12 
Total 

30 Jun 13 
30 Jun 13 
30 Jun 14 
30 Jun 14 
30 Jun 14 

$2.26 
$1.81 
$2.23 
$2.20 
$2.09 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
Number 
2,274,252 
114,611 
- 
- 
- 
2,388,863 

Granted 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 
- 
1,177,839 
459,621 
243,496 
1,880,956 

Weighted average exercise price 

- 

- 

(1)  Expired due to termination of employment  

Exercised 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 -    

- 

Expired 
during the 
year 
Number 
 1,909,640  
 114,611  
 225,586(1)  

- 
- 
- 
 2,249,837  

Balance at 
end of the 
year  
Number 

 -    
 -    
 734,529  
 459,621  
 243,496  
 1,573,697  
 3,011,343  

- 

- 

Exercisable 
at end of the 
year  
Number 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 -    

- 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
Number 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

Expired 
during the 
year 
Number 
364,612(1) 

- 

217,724(1) 

- 
- 
582,336 

Balance at 
end of the 
year  
Number 
1,909,640 
114,611 
960,115 
459,621 
243,496 
3,687,483 

- 

- 

Exercisable 
at end of the 
year  
Number 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of performance rights outstanding at the end of the 
year  was  1.5  years  (2012:  1.5  years).   The  model  inputs for  rights  granted  during the  year  ended  30 
June 2013 included: 

i. 

ii. 

iii. 

Rights are granted for no consideration.  The vesting of rights granted in 2013 is subject to a 
continuing  service  condition  as  at  each  vesting  date,  and  relative  Total  Shareholder  Returns 
over a three year period measured against a peer group. 

Performance rights do not have an exercise price. 

Any performance right which does not vest will lapse. 

iv.  Grant date varies with each issue. 

The fair  value  of  rights  issued  was  adjusted  according  to  estimates  of the  likelihood that the  market 
conditions  will  be  met.    A  Monte-Carlo  simulation  was  performed  using  data  at  grant  date  to  assist 
management in estimating the probability of the rights vesting.  Refer Note 4 for further details. 

As  a  result  of  the  Monte-Carlo  simulation  results,  the  assessed  fair  value  of  rights  issued  during  the 
year was $1,442,000.  This outcome was based on the likelihood of the market condition being met as 
at the date the rights vest. 

Page 115 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(c) 

Expenses arising from share based payment transactions 

Total  expenses  arising  from  equity  settled  share  based  payment  transactions  recognised  during  the 
year as part of the employee benefit expenses were as follows: 

Consolidated 
2013 
$ 

2012 
$ 

Options/performance rights issued under 
employee option plan 

963,000 

904,000 

Note 38  Discontinued Operations 

On  9  January  2013  the  Group  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Hanking  Gold  Mining  Pty  Ltd,  a 
subsidiary of China Hanking Holdings Limited, to sell the Southern Cross Operations.   The proceeds of 
the  sale  substantially  exceeded  the  carrying  amount  of  the  related  net  assets  and,  accordingly,  no 
impairment losses were recognised on the reclassification of these operations as  held for sale.   The 
disposal was completed on 19 April 2013, on which date control passed to the acquirer.  Details of the 
assets and liabilities disposed of are disclosed in Note 39, and the calculation of the profit on disposal, 
is disclosed in Note 38.   

The results of the discontinued operations included in the consolidated income statement are set out 
below.  The comparative profit and cash flows from discontinued operations are shown in the tables 
below.  

Page 116 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 38   Discontinued operations (continued) 

Loss for the period from discontinued operations 
Revenue (see note 6) 
Expenses 
Loss before tax 
Attributable income tax benefit (see note 10) 
Loss after tax 

Gain on disposal of operations (see note 39) 
Attributable income tax expense (see note 10) 

Profit/(Loss) 
the  year 
operations (attributable to owners of the company) 

from  discontinued 

for 

Cash flows from discontinued operations 
Net cash inflows from operating activities 
inflows/(outflows) 
Net  cash 
activities 
Net cash inflows 

from 

investing 

Note 39  Disposal of subsidiary  

Consideration received 
Consideration received in cash  

liabilities  over  which 

Analysis  of  assets  and 
control was lost 
Current assets 
Inventories 
Other assets 
Non-Current assets 
Property plant and equipment 
Non-Current liabilities 
Provision for rehabilitation 
Net liability disposed of 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

 56,603  
 (67,853) 
 (11,250) 
 3,375  
 (7,875) 

 22,109  
 (7,035) 
 15,074  

 156,793  
 (157,150) 
 (357) 
- 
 (357) 

- 
- 
- 
- 

                7,199 

                   (357) 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

 10,915  
17,221 

36,856 
(14,185) 

 28,136 

22,671 

2013 
$’000 

 17,648  
 17,648  

 4,478  
 1,852  

6,061 

 (16,852) 
 (4,461) 

2012 
$’000 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

The gain on disposal is included in the profit for the year from discontinued operations. 

Page 117 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 40  Business Combinations 

Subsidiaries acquired 
On 7 September 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of Allied Gold Mining 
Plc  (“Allied  Gold”)  in  line  with  its  growth  strategy  to  enhance  diversification  and  take  advantage  of 
further exploration opportunities.   

Consideration transferred 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity (refer Note 24) 
Total consideration 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 
Consideration transferred 
Less:  Fair  value  of 
(provisional) 
Goodwill arising on acquisition 

identifiable  net  assets  acquired 

2013 
$’000 

210,934 
272,967 
483,901 

2013 
$’000 

483,901 
(479,896) 

4,005 

2012 
$’000 

- 
- 
- 

2012 
$’000 

- 
- 

- 

Goodwill  arises  on  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold.      None  of  the  goodwill  arising  on  the  acquisition  is 
expected to be deductible for tax purposes 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries 
Consideration paid in cash 
Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

210,934 
 (4,311) 
206,623 

- 
- 
- 

The initial accounting for the acquisition of Allied Gold has been provisionally determined at  30 June 2013. At 
the date of finalisation of this year-end report, the necessary calculations have not been finalised and therefore 
the fair value  of the  assets  and liabilities  noted above  have only  been provisionally determined based on the 
directors’ best estimate of the likely fair value of the assets and liabilities. The Group has until 7 September 2013 
to finalise the estimates. 

The legal due diligence process identified various legal matters and open litigation which have been identified 
and  included  in  the  current  provision  balance  at  fair value,  representing  the  best  estimate  of  the  known and 
likely exposure at the time of the acquisition.  

Page 118 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 40 

Business Combinations 

Current assets 
Cash 
Trade receivables 
Inventories(1) 
Available for sale financial assets 
Other assets 
Total current assets 

Non-Current assets 
Property plant and equipment(2) 
Mineral Rights asset(3) 
Goodwill(4) 
Total Non-Current assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade payables(5) 
Provisions(6) 
Loans and Borrowings 
Total Current liabilities 

Non-Current liabilities 
Provisions(6) 
Loans and Borrowings(7) 
Deferred tax liability(8) 
Total Non-Current liabilities 
Fair value of identifiable net assets 

Provisional fair 
value reported 
at 31 Dec 2012 
$’000 

Adjustments to 
provisional fair 
value 
$’000 

Provisional fair 
value reported 
at 30 Jun 2013 
$’000 

4,311 
5,857 
72,013 
51 
4,582 
86,814 

365,445 
269,795 
- 
635,240 

(48,464) 
(12,933) 
(46,809) 
(108,206) 

(40,120) 
(30,251) 
(59,576) 
(129,947) 
483,901 

- 
- 
(10,478) 
- 
- 
(10,478) 

(44,832) 
66,655 
4,005 
25,828 

4,519 
(500) 
- 
4,019 

(7,500) 
(1,339) 
(10,530) 
(19,369) 
- 

 4,311 
 5,857 
 61,535 
 51 
 4,582 
 76,336 

320,613 
 336,450 
4,005 
661,068 

 (43,945) 
 (13,433) 
 (46,809) 
 (104,187) 

 (47,620) 
 (31,590) 
 (70,106) 
(149,316) 
483,901 

(1)  Detailed review of inventory balances, including ore stockpiles and gold in circuit, determined that there were certain low grade 

stockpiles and other inventories which are not likely to be recovered. 

(2)  Detailed review and analysis of fixed asset registers and assets under construction determined that there was some duplication of 

asset items.   

(3)  Fair values are  provisional  due to the complexity of the valuation process, particularly in relation to the mineral rights acquired.  
Subsequent  to  31  December  2012,  management  has  obtained  a  final  independent  valuation  of  the  mineral  rights  acquired  and 
adjusted the provisional amount accordingly. 

(4)  At 31 December 2012, as the valuation of mineral rights was provisional, goodwill was not separated out from this balance. 
(5)  Detailed review of trade payables determined that there were long outstanding balances in the account which had been paid prior 

to acquisition. 

(6)  Reviews of the rehabilitation estimates subsequent to acquisition resulted in an increase in the provision at acquisition. 
(7) 

Increase  in  borrowings  represents  a  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  gold  prepayment  facility  following  a  review  of  the  fair  value 
methodology. 

(8)  The  change  in  deferred  taxes  is  a  result  of  the  adjustments  listed  above,  largely  driven  by  the  decrease  in  property,  plant  and 
equipment (which decreased the deferred tax liability), offset by the increase in the mineral rights acquired which increased the 
deferred tax liability on acquisition. 

Page 119 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group 

Included  in  the  loss  is  $30,233,000  loss  attributable  to  Allied  Gold.    Revenue  for  the  period  includes 
$279,235,000  in  respect  of  Allied  Gold.    Had  the  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  been  effected  at  1  July  2012,  the 
revenue  of  the  Group  from  continuing  operations  for  the  period  ended  30  June  2013  would  have  been 
$542,335,000 and the loss for the year from continuing operations would have been $213,337,000.  The Group 
consider  these  “pro-forma”  numbers  to  represent  an  approximate  measure  of  the  performance  of  the 
combined group on an annual basis and to provide a reference point for comparison in future years.   

In determining the “pro-forma” revenue and profit of the Group had Allied Gold been acquired at the beginning 
of the  current  financial year, the Group  has calculated depreciation and amortisation of plant and equipment 
acquired on the basis of the fair values arising in the initial accounting for the business combination rather than 
the carrying amounts recognised in the pre-acquisition financial statements. 

Note 41  Goodwill 

Cost 
Accumulated impairment losses 

Cost 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Amount  recognised  from  business  combinations 
(note 40) 
Balance at end of year 

Accumulated impairment losses 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Impairment losses recognised in the year 
Balance at end of year 

2013 
$’000 

4,005 
(4,005) 
- 

- 
4,005 

4,005 

- 
(4,005) 
(4,005) 

2012 
$’000 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

Page 120 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Note 42  Key Management Personnel Disclosures 

(a) 

Directors 

The following persons were Directors of St Barbara Limited during and since the end of the financial 
year: 

 

S J C Wise 

 
T J Lehany 
  D W Bailey 
 
  P C Lockyer 
  R K Rae 

E A Donaghey 

Chairman 

Managing Director & CEO 

Non-executive director 

Non-executive director 

Non-executive director 

Non-executive director 

(b) 

Key management personnel disclosures 

The following persons also had authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, during and since the end of the financial year: 

Managing Director & CEO 

Chief Operating Officer  

 
Tim J Lehany 
  Alistair Croll 
  Garth Campbell-Cowan  Chief Financial Officer 
  Ross Kennedy 
  Phil Uttley 
  Katie-Jeyn Romeyn 

Executive General Manager Corporate Services/Company Secretary 

Executive General Manager Discovery & Growth 

Executive General Manager Human Resources (appointed 1 Sep 2012) 

Page 121 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(c) 

Key Management Personnel Compensation 

Consolidated 

2013  

2012 

$ 

$ 

4,095,961 
96,075 
151,948 
491,280 
- 

4,207,826 
78,522 
104,216 
1,162,542 
330,716 

4,835,264 

5,883,822 

Short term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Long Service Leave 
Share-based payments 
Termination payments 

(d) 

(i) 

Equity Instrument Disclosures Relating to Key Management Personnel 

Options provided as remuneration and shares issued on exercise of such options 

Details of performance rights provided as remuneration and shares issued on the exercise of options 
and performance rights, together with their terms and conditions of the options, are disclosed in Note 
37.  

(ii) 

Option holdings 

The numbers  of  options  over ordinary  shares  in  the  Company held during  the  financial  year by each 
Director  of  St  Barbara  Limited  and  key  management  personnel  of  the  Group,  including  their  related 
parties, are set out below: 

2013 

Name 

Balance at 
the start of 
the year 

Granted during 
the year as 
compensation 

Exercised 
during the 
year 

Expired 
during the 
year 

Other 
changes 
during the 
year 

Balance at 
the end of 
the year 

Vested and 
exercisable 
at the end of 
the year 

Executive Director 
T J Lehany 
Key management personnel 
A Croll 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 
K Romeyn 

976,220 

- 
290,670 
256,258 
256,258 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

976,220 

- 
290,670 
256,258 
256,258 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Page 122 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

2012 

Name 

Balance at 
the start of 
the year 

Granted during 
the year as 
compensation 

Exercised 
during the 
year 

Expired 
during the 
year 

Other 
changes 
during the 
year 

Balance at 
the end of 
the year 

Vested and 
exercisable 
at the end of 
the year 

Executive Director 
T J Lehany 
Key management personnel 
D Rose 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 

1,227,570 

329,474 
825,196 
413,032 
256,258 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(1)  Options did not vest at 30 June 2012. 
(2)  Options expired upon termination of employment 

(iii) 

Performance rights 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(251,350)(1) 

976,220 

- 
(333,334) 
- 
- 

(329,474)(2) 
(201,192)(1) 
(156,774)(1) 
- 

- 
290,670 
256,258 
256,258 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

The  numbers  of  rights  over  ordinary  shares  in  the  Company  held  during  the  financial  year  by  each 
Director  of  St Barbara  Limited  and  key  management  personnel  of  the  Group,  including  their  related 
parties, are set out below: 

2013 

Name 

Balance at the 
start of the 
year 

Granted 
during the 
year as 
compensation 

Exercised 
during the 
year 

Other changes 
during the 
year 

Balance at the 
end of the 
year 

Vested and 
exercisable at 
the end of the 
year 

Executive Director 
T J Lehany 
Key management personnel 
A Croll 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 
K Romeyn(2) 

(1) Lapsed during the year 

1,217,440 

438,182 

169,106 
372,209 
313,548 
321,808 
168,546 

158,239 
139,636 
110,756 
118,478 
103,349 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(757,819)(1) 

- 
(225,737)(1) 
(195,174)(1)
(195,174)(1)
(100,375)(1)

897,803 

327,345 
286,108 
229,130 
245,112 
171,520 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(2) K Romeyn was not a KMP at the start of the year but the balance has been included to show the movements to the balance at the end of the year. 

2012 

Name 

Balance at the 
start of the 
year 

Granted 
during the 
year as 
compensation 

Exercised 
during the 
year 

Other changes 
during the 
year 

Balance at the 
end of the 
year 

Vested and 
exercisable at 
the end of the 
year 

Executive Director 
T J Lehany 
Key management personnel 
D Rose 
A Croll 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 

(1) Lapsed during the year 

757,819 

459,621 

252,011 
- 
225,737 
195,174 
195,174 

152,846 
169,106 
146,472 
118,374 
126,634 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

1,217,440 

(404,857)(1) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
169,106 
372,209 
313,548 
321,808 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Page 123 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

(iv) 

Share holdings 

The numbers of shares in the Company held during the year by each Director of St Barbara Limited and 
key  management  personnel  of  the  Group,  including  their  related  parties,  are  set  out  below.    There 
were no shares granted during the year as compensation. 

Balance at the 
end of the 
year 

1,139,389 
200,770 
130,247 
75,000 
75,031 
120,000 

28,150 
15,000 
95,378 
30,000 
- 

Balance at the 
end of the 
year 

1,139,389 
167,822 
30,247 
40,000 
20,631 
48,976 

- 
15,000 
74,218 
- 

Key management personnel 

A Croll 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 
K Romeyn 

2013 

Name 

Directors 
S J C Wise 
T J Lehany 
D W Bailey 
E A Donaghey 
P C Lockyer 
R K Rae 

2012 

Name 

Directors 
S J C Wise 
T J Lehany 
D W Bailey 
E A Donaghey 
P C Lockyer 
R K Rae 

Key management personnel 

A Croll 
G Campbell-Cowan 
R Kennedy 
P Uttley 

Balance at the 
start of the 
year 

Exercise of 
options 

Other changes 

Purchased 

Sold 

1,139,389 
167,822 
30,247 
40,000 
20,631 
48,976 

- 
15,000 
74,218 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
32,948 
100,000 
35,000 
54,400 
71,024 

28,150 
- 
21,160 
30,000 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Balance at the 
start of the 
year 

Exercise of 
options 

Other changes 

Purchased 

Sold 

1,139,389 
167,822 
30,247 
- 
20,631 
48,976 

- 
- 
65,218 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
40,000 
- 
- 

- 
15,000 
9,000 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

Page 124 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

1 

In the opinion of the directors of St Barbara Limited (the Company): 

(a) 

the financial statements and notes that are contained in pages 47 to 124 and the 
Remuneration report in the Directors’ report, set out on pages 24 to 42, are in accordance 
with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i) 

(ii) 

giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and the Group’s financial position as at 
30 June 2013 and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date; and 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 
2001; and 

(b) 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as 
and when they become due and payable.  

2 

3 

The directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 
2001 from the chief executive officer and chief financial officer for the financial year ended 30 
June 2013. 

The directors draw attention to Note 1.1 to the financial statements, which includes a statement 
of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors: 

Timothy J Lehany 

Managing Director and CEO 

Melbourne 
22 August 2013 

Page 125 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of St Barbara Limited 

Report on the financial report 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  financial  report  of  St  Barbara  Limited  (the  Company), 
which  comprises  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2013,  and 
consolidated  income  statement  and  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the year 
ended on that date, notes 1 to 42 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and 
other  explanatory  information  and  the  directors’  declaration  of  the  Group  comprising  the 
company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial 
year. 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report  

The  directors  of  the  company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial  report  that 
gives  a  true  and  fair  view  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards  and  the 
Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable  the  preparation  of  the  financial  report  that  is  free  from  material  misstatement  whether 
due  to  fraud  or  error.  In  note  1,  the  directors  also  state,  in  accordance  with  Australian 
Accounting  Standard  AASB  101  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements,  that  the  financial 
statements of the Group comply with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s responsibility 

Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  financial  report  based  on  our  audit.  We 
conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Australian  Auditing  Standards.  These  Auditing 
Standards  require  that  we  comply  with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit 
engagements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  whether  the 
financial report is free from material misstatement.  

An  audit  involves  performing  procedures  to  obtain  audit  evidence  about  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, 
including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether 
due  to fraud  or  error.  In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control 
relevant to the entity’s preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in order 
to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes 
evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
report.  

We  performed  the  procedures  to  assess  whether  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  report 
presents  fairly,  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  Australian  Accounting 
Standards,  a  true  and  fair  view  which  is  consistent  with  our  understanding  of  the  Group’s 
financial position and of its performance.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our audit opinion. 

 
 
 
Independence 

In  conducting  our  audit,  we  have  complied  with  the  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations Act 2001.  

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion: 

(a) the financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:   

giving 

(i) 
             at 30 June 2013 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and  

fair  view  of 

the  Group’s 

true 

and 

financial  position 

a 

as  

(ii) 

complying  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards    and  the  Corporations  Regulations  
2001. 

(b)  the  financial  report  also  complies  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as 
disclosed in note 1. 

Report on the remuneration report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 24 to 42 of the directors’ report for 
the year ended 30 June 2013. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation 
and  presentation  of  the  remuneration  report  in  accordance  with  Section  300A  of  the 
Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, 
based on our audit conducted in accordance with auditing standards. 

Auditor’s opinion 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of St Barbara Limited for the year ended 30 June 2013, 
complies with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

KPMG 

Tony Romeo 
Partner 

Melbourne 

22 August 2013 

 
  
   
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

Corporate Directory 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
Chairman 
S J C Wise  
Managing Director & CEO 
T J Lehany  
D W Bailey  
Non-Executive Director 
E A Donaghey   Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
P C Lockyer  
Non-Executive Director 
R K Rae  

COMPANY SECRETARY 
R J Kennedy 

REGISTERED OFFICE 
Level 10, 432 St Kilda Road 
Melbourne Victoria 3004 Australia 

Telephone: +61 3 8660 1900 
Facsimile: +61 3 8660 1999 
Email: melbourne@stbarbara.com.au 
Website: www.stbarbara.com.au 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
Shares in St Barbara Limited are quoted on 
the Australian Securities Exchange 
Ticker Symbol: SBM 

SHARE REGISTRY 
Computershare Limited 
GPO Box 2975 
Melbourne Victoria 3001 Australia 

Telephone (within Australia): 1300 653 935 
Telephone (international): +61 3 9415 4356 
Facsimile: +61 3 9473 2500 

  BANKER 

National Australia Bank 
500 Bourke Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

  AUDITOR 
KPMG 
147 Collins Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

SOLICITOR 
Ashurst 
181 William Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

Page 128 of 128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources Statements 30 June 2013  

Overview 

˃  The acquisition of Gold Ridge and Simberi Operations during the year has added significantly to 

Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources. 

˃  Gwalia Deeps Ore Reserves are estimated at 6.6 million tonnes (Mt) @ 8.3 grams per tonne of 
gold  (g/t  Au)  for  1.75  million  ounces  (Moz)  of  contained  gold  (1.93  Moz  at  June  2012), 
representing an indicative mine life of at least 9 years. 

˃  Gwalia  Deeps  Mineral  Resources  as  at  30  June  2013  reduced  by  0.14  Moz  to  be  14.4  Mt  @ 

8.2 g/t Au for 3.79 Moz of contained gold. 

˃  The  Gwalia  ore  body  remains  open  at  depth,  particularly  South  West  Branch  lode,  with 
potential  within  the  planned  mining  interval  to  add  to  Mineral  Resources  in  both  the  South 
Gwalia Series and Main Lodes.  

Company Summary at 30 June 2013 

˃  Total Ore Reserves are estimated at: 

77.8 Mt @ 2.1 g/t Au for   5.24 Moz of contained gold,   

  comprising: 

˃  Australian Operations:  

9.6 Mt @ 6.9 g/t Au for   2.13 Moz of contained gold 

˃  Pacific Operations:  

68.2 Mt @ 1.4 g/t Au for   3.11 Moz of contained gold 

˃  Total Mineral Resources are estimated at:  268.4 Mt @ 1.5 g/t Au for 13.22 Moz of contained gold,  

  comprising: 

˃  Australian Operations:  

22.4 Mt @ 6.8 g/t Au for   4.91 Moz of contained gold 

˃  Pacific Operations:  

246.0 Mt @ 1.1 g/t Au for   8.31 Moz of contained gold 

Details of the Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources Statements as at 30 June 2013 follow.  

Page 129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Mineral Resources Statement as at 30 June 2013 

The Company's total Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2013 are 
268.4 million tonnes (Mt) @ 1.5 grams per tonne of gold (g/t Au) containing 13.22 million ounces 
of gold (Moz) (refer Table 1).  The previous publicly reported estimate of Mineral Resources was 
47.3  Mt  @  5.0  g/t  Au  containing  7.61  Moz  of  gold  as  at  30  June  2012.    The  increase  in  the 
Company’s  Mineral  Resource  Inventory  is  primarily  due  to  the  inclusion  of  the  Simberi  and  Gold 
Ridge resources for the first time following the acquisition of Allied Gold Mining Plc (Allied Gold) in 
September 2012. 

During  the  2013  financial  year  the  Company  finalised  the  sale  of  the  Southern  Cross  Operations 
and  reviewed  a  number  of  non-operational  projects  in  the  Leonora  tenements  that,  along  with 
depletion  through  mining  at  Gwalia  and  King  of  the  Hills  Mines,  resulted  in  a  reduction  of  the 
Mineral Resource inventory of 3.11 Moz of gold.  

Resource additions were realised through:  

˃ 

˃ 

revision of the geological models for King of the Hills Mine and the Kailis project;  

revision of the Tower Hill deposit’s cut-off grade; and  

˃  addition of the Simberi and Gold Ridge Mineral Resources subsequent to the acquisition of 

Allied Gold. 

These changes resulted in resource additions of 8.69 Moz of gold, illustrated in Figure 1. 

Figure 1: Major sources of variance to Mineral Resource Inventory between FY12 and FY13 

+2,062 

13,215 

+5,031 

-210 

-477 

+84 

+188 

+114 

+1,215 

-2,405 

koz 

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

7,613 

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

June 2012 Mining

Depletion
(Leonora)

Leonora
Review

Sthn Cross
Sale

Koth
Geology
Revision

Tower Hill
Cut-Off
Grade
Change

Kailis

Simberi
Oxide

Simberi
Sulphide

Gold Ridge June 2013

Page 130 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

˃  Mineral Resource Depletion (Leonora) - A total of 210 thousand ounces (koz) of gold has 
been depleted from the Company's Resources, 155 koz from Gwalia and 55 koz from King of 
the  Hills.  The  total  includes  resource  additions  resulting  from  grade  control  and  resource 
definition drilling. 

˃  Leonora  Review  –  The  Gwalia  Intermediates  (resource  within  the  Gwalia  Mine),  Harbour 
Lights,  McGraths,  Rainbow  and  Royal  Arthur  Bore  projects  are  legacy  Mineral  Resources 
that have been carried since the Company acquired the Sons of Gwalia gold assets in 2005. 
These  projects  were  reviewed  over  the  year,  as  part  of  the  Company’s  Leonora  Province 
Plan,  which  aimed  to  identify  deposits  that  could  provide  mill  feed  to  Gwalia  in  the 
eventuality King of the Hills Mine ceases production. Resources for Gwalia Mine West Lode 
and stockpiles at Tarmoola and Tower Hill were also reviewed.  This review has resulted in 
the  removal  of  477  koz  from  the  mineral  inventory,  due  either  to  low  grade,  lack  of 
treatment options or high risk, high cost and low recovery mining options. 

˃  Southern Cross Sale - A total of 2.41 Moz of gold have been deleted from the Company’s 
mineral  inventory  following  the  sale  of  the  Southern  Cross  Operation,  completed  in  April 
2013. 

˃  Gwalia – The Gwalia resource has reduced by 147 koz overall with small resource additions 
to the South West Branch and Main Lode helping to offset mining depletion of 155 koz. 

˃  King  of  the  Hills  Mine  Geology  Review  –  Underground  mapping,  a  review  of  the  local 
structural geology and infill drilling has resulted in the revision of the controls on high grade 
mineralisation at King of the Hills. Previous models have interpreted the orientation of high 
grade lodes to follow the granite contact as it plunged to the north-west. However, recent 
work  has  shown  that  lodes  have  a  shallow  south-west  dipping  orientation.  The  revised 
geological model has resulted in additional 84 koz of gold. 

˃  Tower Hill deposit cut-off grade change - The Tower Hill Mineral Resource was reported at 
cut-off grade of 3.2 g/t Au in the 2012 statement. This cut-off grade has been dropped to 
2.5 g/t Au which is in line with reporting for the Gwalia Mineral Resource estimate. This has 
resulted in the addition of 188 koz of gold. 

˃  Kailis Project - The Kailis geological model and Mineral Resource estimate has been revised 
this  year  following  on  from  a  structural  study  of  the  Leonora  region  and  has  added 
approximately 114 koz. 

˃  Simberi Mine Oxide - The Simberi Oxide Mineral Resource is reported for the first time as 

part of the Company’s mineral inventory and contributes 1.22 Moz of gold.  

˃  Simberi Sulphide - The Simberi Sulphide Mineral Resource is reported for the first time as 

part of the Company’s mineral inventory and contributes 5.03 Moz of gold 

˃  Gold Ridge Mine - The Gold Ridge Mineral Resource is reported for the first time as part of 

the Company’s mineral inventory and contributes 2.06 Moz of gold.    

Page 131 

 
  
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Table 1: Mineral Resource Summary June 2013

Region

Leonora

Category

Project
Gwalia Deeps

King of the Hills

Tower Hill

Kailis

Measured

Tonnes (k)

Au g/t

k oz

Tonnes (k)

5,521

6.1

1,088

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7,422

1,390

4,604

1,040

Total Leonora 

5,521

6.1

1,088

14,456

Simberi Oxide

Bekou (Oxide)

Botlu (Oxide)

Pigibo (Oxide)

Pigiput (Oxide)

Pigicow (Oxide)

Samat (Oxide)

Sorowar(Oxide)

Total Simberi Oxide

Simberi Sulphide

Bekou (Sulphide)

Botlu ( Sulphide)

Pigibo (Sulphide)

Pigiput (Sulphide)

Pigicow(Sulphide)

Samat (Sulphide)

Sorowar(Sulphide)

Total Simberi Sulphide

Gold Ridge

Valehaichichi

Namachamata

Kupers

Dawsons

Total Gold Ridge

Total All Areas

-

-

-

4,774

-

-

4,994

9,768

-

-

-

201

-

-

2,110

2,311

1,379

283

3,088

1,089

5,839

-

-

-

0.7

-

-

1.0

0.9

-

-

-

1.0

-

-

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.8

1.4

1.3

1.4

-

-

-

106

-

-

161

267

-

-

-

6

-

-

65

71

53

16

140

46

255

45

2,050

5,052

8,574

166

333

13,565

29,785

29

5,276

6,718

38,722

-

4,070

9,137

63,952

8,500

694

9,583

17,339

36,116

30 JUNE 2013 

Indicated

Au g/t

k oz

Tonnes (k)

Inferred

Au g/t

k oz

Tonnes (k)

Total

Au g/t

9.9

6.5

3.9

3.2

7.2

1.6

1.1

0.9

0.7

1.5

1.0

0.8

0.8

1.8

1.4

1.1

1.4

-

1.4

1.0

1.3

1.0

1.3

1.1

1.2

1.1

2,362

291

574

108

1,467

453

489

35

3,335

2,444

2

70

145

186

8

10

346

767

1

233

237

1,784

-

186

278

60

451

300

1,138

306

1,153

4,067

7,475

962

11,917

5,077

24,519

2,089

10,843

20,684

2,719

76,091

270

28

329

646

4,680

369

4,185

5,435

1,273

14,669

7.2

5.9

3.3

4.8

6.2

1.1

1.2

0.5

0.7

1.2

0.9

0.7

0.8

1.4

1.0

0.9

0.9

1

1

0.8

0.9

1.1

1.2

1.1

1.2

1.1

341

86

51

6

484

2

17

5

25

11

32

89

181

42

378

138

725

84

315

559

14,410

1,843

5,093

1,075

22,421

105

2,501

5,352

14,486

472

1,486

22,626

47,028

991

17,193

11,795

63,442

2,089

14,913

31,931

2,241

142,354

159

14

152

209

534

14,559

1,346

16,856

23,863

56,624

8.2

6.4

3.8

3.3

6.8

1.2

1.1

0.9

0.7

1.3

0.9

0.8

0.8

1.4

1.1

1.0

1.2

1

1

0.9

1.1

1.0

1.3

1.1

1.2

1.1

k oz

3,791

377

625

114

4,907

4

87

150

317

19

42

596

1,215

43

611

375

2,515

84

501

902

5,031

482

58

621

901

2,062

23,439

2.2

1,681

144,309

1.7

8,094

100,679

1.1

3,440

268,427

1.5

13,215

Page 132 

 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

ASX Release
Notes to Table 1: 

 / 22 August 2013 

1.  Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Ore Reserves. 

2.  Cut-off Grades Leonora: Gwalia Deeps (2.5 g/t Au), King of The Hills (3.0 g/t Au), Tower Hill (2.5 

g/t Au), Kailis (0.8 g/t Au). 

3.  Cut-off Grade Simberi Oxide (0.3 g/t Au). 

4.  Cut-off Grade Simberi Sulphide (0.5 g/t Au). 

5.  Cut-off Grade Gold Ridge (0.5 g/t Au). 

6.  Details  relating  to  each  of  the  estimates  are  contained  in  the  St  Barbara  Ltd  Annual  Mineral 

Resource Report which is available at www.stbarbara.com.au. 

7.  Data is rounded to thousands of tonnes and thousands of ounces. Discrepancies in totals may 

occur due to rounding. 

Competent Persons Statement 

The information in this report that relates to Mineral Resources is based on information compiled 
by  Mr  Phillip  Uttley,  who  is  a  Fellow  of  The  Australasian  Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgy.  Mr 
Uttley is a full-time employee of St Barbara Ltd and has sufficient experience relevant to the style 
of  mineralisation  and  type  of  deposit  under  consideration  and  to  the  activity  which  he  is 
undertaking to qualify as a Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the “Australasian 
Code  for  Reporting  of  Exploration  Results,  Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves”.    Mr Uttley 
consents  to  the  inclusion  in  the  report  of  the  matters  based  on  his  information  in  the  form  and 
context in which it appears. 

The Competent Persons who have completed work on each of the mines or deposits are as follows: 

˃  Gwalia and King of the Hills Mines – Mr Robert Love (FAusIMM) 

˃  Kailis and Tower Hill Deposits – Ms Jane Bateman (MAusIMM) 

˃  Simberi Mine – Mr Jacek Drzymulski (MAusIMM) 

˃  Gold Ridge Mine – Mr Kevin Crossling (MAusIMM) 

Page 133 

 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Ore Reserves Statement as at 30 June 2013 

As at 30 June 2013, the Company’s Proved and Probable Ore Reserves are estimated to be 77.84 
million tonnes (Mt) at 2.1 grams per tonne of gold (g/t Au) containing 5.24 million ounces (Moz) 
(refer Table 2). The previously reported Reserve in 2012 was 11.97 Mt @ 6.6 g/t Au for 2.53 Moz of 
contained gold.  Ore Reserves are located at Gwalia, King of the Hills, Tower Hill, Simberi and Gold 
Ridge. This represents a net increase of 2.71 Moz over the June 2012 estimate.  

The  acquisition  of  Allied  Gold  has  significantly  rescaled  and  reshaped  the  reportable  Reserve 
through  the  addition  of  large  tonnage  low  grade  open  pit  reserves.  This  is  the  first  time  these 
Reserves have been reported by St Barbara. 

The  sale  of  Southern  Cross  Operations  was  completed  in  April  2013,  after  the  operations  were 
placed  on  care  and  maintenance  in  December  2012.  Southern  Cross  Operations  produced  1.08 
Moz between 2005 and 2012 under St Barbara ownership. 

Key events influencing the 2013 estimate are as follows:  

˃  A  gold  price  of  $A1,250  per  ounce  has  been  used  for  all  projects  and  operations.  This  is 

consistent with last year’s price estimate and peer producers. 

˃  Leonora has total Reserves depletion of 279 koz, comprising 249 koz depletion from mining 
activities,  and  a  net  30  koz  depletion  from  design  and  interpretation  changes  at  King  of 
Hills, Tower Hill and Gwalia.  

˃  Southern  Cross  depletion  from  mining  activities  was  36  koz,  inclusive  of  6  koz  for 
unclassified material. Reserves at sale were 90 koz, resulting in a net depletion of 120 koz. 

˃  Simberi  Oxides  have  been  added  to  Company’s  Reserves  and  are  estimated  to  have  a 
Proved  and  Probable  Reserve  of  756  koz.  Oxides  were  estimated  using  current  operating 
parameters, with an updated Life of Mine plan. 

˃  Simberi Sulphides are estimated to have a Proved and Probable Reserve of 1.55 Moz. This 
estimate  is  based  on  a  Pre-Feasibility  Study  (PFS)  completed  by  Allied  Gold  prior  to 
acquisition.  An updated Life of Mine Plan has been completed to support the study using 
existing operating parameters. 

˃  Gold  Ridge  has  been  added  to  the  Company’s  Reserves  and  has  an  estimated  905  koz  of 
Proved  and  Probable  Reserves.  Dawson’s  deposit  holds  the  majority  of  Reserves  and  is 
scheduled for development in FY14.  

Reserve depletion and addition are illustrated in Figure 2.  

Page 134 

 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Table 2: June 2013 Ore Reserve Summary 

30 JUNE 2013 

Category

Region

Leonora

Project
Southern Cross

Gwalia Deeps

Tower Hill

King of the Hills

Kt

          -   
1,670

Proved

Au g/t

Probable

Koz

Kt

Au g/t

Koz

Kt

          -   

          -   

8

424

          -   
4,900

2,572

496

          -   

8.4

3.7

4.3

          -   
1,330

          -   
6,570

306

68

2,572

496

Total

Au g/t

          -   

8.3

3.7

4.3

koz

          -   
1,754

306

68

Total Leonora 

Simberi 

Sorowar

Pigiput

Pigibo

Samat 

Botlu

Pigicow

Bekou

Stockpiles

Total Simberi 

Gold Ridge

Dawsons

Kupers

Valehaichichi

Namachamata

Stockpiles

Total Gold Ridge

1,670

4,935

3,633

         -   

         -   

         -   

         -   

          -   

635

9,203

754

2,101

157

171

528

3,712

7.9

1.1

0.8

        -   

        -   

        -   

        -   

        -   

0.8

0.9

2

1.8

2

2

0.8

1.6

424

7,968

6.7

1,704

9,638

6.9

2,128

173

88

        -   

        -   

        -   

        -   

        -   

5,129

23,460

7,619

1,665

3,161

142

62

1.3

2.0

1.0

2.0

1.7

2.0

1.8

213

1,174

254

104

173

8

4

16

          -   

        -   

        -   

10,064

27,093

7,619

1,665

3,161

142

62

635

1.2

1.4

1.0

2.0

1.7

1.7

1.8

0.8

386

1,262

254

104

173

8

4

16

276

41,237

1.5

1,929

50,440

1.4

2,205

39

119

8

11

14

8,926

3,916

1,085

119

1.6

1.6

2

1.4

454

203

52

5

          -   

        -   

        -   

9,681

6,017

1,241

290

528

190

14,047

1.6

714

17,758

1.6

1.7

2

2

0.8

1.6

493

322

60

16

14

905

Total All Areas

14,584

1.9

891

63,252

2.1

4,348

77,836

2.1

5,238

Page 135 

 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Notes to Table 2: 

30 JUNE 2013 

1.  Reserves based on a gold price of A$1,250/oz for Gwalia, King of the Hills, Simberi, Gold Ridge 

and Tower Hill.  

2.  Resources are reported as inclusive of Reserves. 

3.  All  data  is  rounded  to  two  significant  figures.  Discrepancies  in  summations  will  occur  due  to 

rounding. 

4.  Details  relating  to  each  of  the  estimates  are  available  as  short  form  reports  at 

www.stbarbara.com.au. 

Figure 2: Major variances to Ore Reserves between FY12 and FY13 
koz 
5,500

+905 

5,238 

5,000

4,500

4,000

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

+1,449 

+756 

2,527 

+12 

-183 

-66 

-19 

-23 

-36 

-90 

+6 

Jun-12

Gwalia
Mining
Depletion

Gwalia
Changes*

KoTH
Mining
Depletion

KoTH
Changes*

Tower Hill
Changes*

Sthn Cross
Mining
Depletion

Sthn Cross
Changes*

Sthn Cross
Sale

Simberi
Oxide

Simberi
Sulphide

Gold
Ridge

Jun-13

* Changes include Geology, Design and Factor Changes 

Competent Persons Statement 

The Ore Reserves have been estimated and complied under the direction of Mr John de Vries. Mr 
de  Vries  is  a  Member  of  The  Australasian  Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgy  and  a  full  time 
employee  of  St  Barbara  Limited.  Mr  de  Vries  has  sufficient  experience  relevant  to  the  style  of 
mineralisation,  type  of  deposit  under  considerations  and  for  the  activity  being  undertaken  to 
qualify  as  a  Competent  Person  as  defined  by  the  2012  edition  of  the  'Australasian  Code  for 
Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore reserves'. Mr de Vries consents to the 
inclusion in the report of the matters based on their information in the form and context in which 
it appears. 

Page 136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Corporate Governance Statement  

The Board and Management of St Barbara are committed to maintaining high standards of ethics, 
integrity and statutory compliance in all Company dealings.  

This report describes the Corporate Governance framework in place that underpins the delivery of 
these objectives, and the Company’s conformance with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations (2nd Edition) (“the ASX Principles and Recommendations”), by reference to 
each of the stated principles.  

In addition, important governance information including details on the composition of the Board 
and Executive Management, Board related charters, and significant Company policies are available 
on the Company’s website at www.stbarbara.com.au. 

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight 

The  role  of  the  Board  is  to  protect  and  enhance  shareholder  value,  approve  the  Company’s 
strategic direction, provide Management with guidance and oversight and foster a culture of good 
governance. 

In performing its role, the Board at all times endeavours to act: 

a)  in  a  manner  designed  to  achieve  business  success  and  create  and  continue  to  build  long 

term value for shareholders; 

b)  recognising  its  overriding  responsibility  to  act  honestly,  fairly  and  ethically  in  serving  the 
interests  of  the  Company,  its  shareholders,  employees,  and  as  appropriate,  other 
stakeholders; and 

c)  in accordance with the duties and obligations imposed upon Directors by this Charter and 

the Company's Constitution and applicable law. 

The  responsibilities of the  Board  are  described in  the  Board  Charter.  Management is  responsible 
for the day to day operation of the Company which it undertakes within a framework of specific 
delegated authority and approval limits. 

The  performance  of  each  senior  executive  is  formally  assessed  each  year  under  the  Company’s 
performance appraisal system and reviewed by the Board. Further details, including the linkage to 
remuneration are contained in the Remuneration Report. 

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value 

Independence 

It  is  Board  policy  that  a  majority  of  Non  Executive  Directors,  including  the  Chairman,  should  be 
independent and free of any relationship that may conflict with the interests of the Company.  

Page 137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Each Director is required to provide advance notice of any actual or potential conflict of interest 
relating  to  business  planned  to  be  considered  by  the  Board.  Directors  who  have  declared  a 
potential or real conflict of interest on a particular issue may be excluded from all relevant Board 
deliberations, and from voting on that issue. 

In assessing the independence of Directors, the Board considers the materiality of any transactions 
during  the  year  relative  to  both  the  Company  and  any  third  party  with  which  a  Director  is 
associated. Whilst Mr Lockyer has advised the Company that he is also a Non Executive Director of 
Swick Mining Services, a provider of drilling services to the Company, Mr Lockyer abstains from any 
Board  discussions  relating  to  Swick  Mining  Services  and  is  considered  by  the  Board  to  be 
independent. 

All  current  Non  Executive  Directors,  including  the  Chairman,  are  considered  to  be  independent. 
The Managing Director and CEO is the only Executive Director on the Board. 

Composition of the Board of Directors 

The Board periodically reviews its own composition, skill set and capability.  The Board considers 
that  the  size,  nature,  scope  and  location  of  the  Company’s  operations  requires  a  mix  of  skills 
broadly  technical,  financial  and  commercial  in  nature  and  with  a  focus  on  natural  resources. 
Specifically  those  skills  should  include  governance,  capital  management  and  capital  markets, 
mining  and  exploration,  health,  safety  and  environment,  remuneration  and  policy  and  strategic 
planning.  In seeking to ensure that the Board composition reflects and meets those needs, a broad 
diversity  among  directors  is  also  sought  based  on  age,  gender  and  professional  background 
qualifications and experience. 

Having  regard  to  the  importance  and  relative  infrequency  of  Board  changes,  there  is  no 
Nomination  Committee  as  such  but  rather,  the  Board  retains  the  nomination  responsibility  for 
itself.  

The  Board  assesses  candidates  against  a  range  of  specific  criteria,  including  their  experience, 
background,  qualifications  and  professional  skills,  potential  conflicts  of  interest,  the  requirement 
for independence and the existing collective skill sets of the Board.  

Board Performance Review 

The  Board  undertook  a  review  of  its  own  performance  during  the  2012-13  financial  year  in 
conjunction  with  an  assessment  of  its  own  composition  and  capabilities.  This  followed  formal 
performance reviews in the preceding years. The review and assessment were co-ordinated by the 
Chairman.  Directors concluded that the Board and its Committees are functioning well and there 
were  no  Board  performance  issues  which  required  any  remedial  action.   A  review  of  the  current 
Board composition will continue during the 2013-14 financial year.  

Board structure 

The Board currently comprises Colin Wise (Chairman), Doug Bailey, Betsy Donaghey, Phil Lockyer, 
Tim Lehany (Managing Director & CEO) and Robert Rae. 

Page 138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Details  of  each  current Director’s  skills,  qualifications,  experience,  relevant  expertise  and  date  of 
appointment are set out in the Directors’ Report.  

The Board has established a number of standing Board Committees to provide a forum for a more 
detailed  analysis  of  key  issues  and  interaction  with  Management.  Each  Committee  reports  its 
recommendations to the next Board meeting. The current Committees are:  

•  Remuneration Committee; 
•  Audit Committee; and 
•  Health and Safety Committee. 

The charter for each committee is available on the company website at www.stbarbara.com.au. 

In  addition,  a  special  purpose  Board  Committee  may  be  established  for  a  particular  set  of 
circumstances, as appropriate.  

Remuneration Committee 

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to assist and advise the Board on matters relating to: 

a)  The overall remuneration strategies and policies of the Company; and 

b)  The  remuneration  of  the  Managing  Director  &  CEO,  his  senior  executive  direct  reports, 

employees of the Company, and Non Executive Directors. 

The  members  of  the  Remuneration  Committee at  the  date  of  this  report  are  Robert  Rae  (Chair), 
Doug Bailey, Betsy Donaghey and Colin Wise. 

Audit Committee 

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist and advise the Board on matters relating to: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

e) 

Financial reporting; 

Financial risk management; 

Evaluation of the effectiveness of the financial control environment;  

Review of the internal and external audit functions; and 

Review of the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimation processes.   

The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  at  the  date  of  this  report  are  Doug  Bailey  (Chair),  Phil 
Lockyer, Robert Rae and Colin Wise. 

Health and Safety Committee 

The role of the Health and Safety Committee is to assist and advise the Board on matters relating 
to: 

a) 

b) 

Promoting a safety conscious culture throughout the Company; 

Reviewing Health and Safety policies;  

Page 139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

c) 

d) 

Reviewing Health and Safety objectives, strategies and plans; and 

Monitoring compliance with Health and Safety regulatory requirements.  

The  members  of  the  Health  and  Safety  Committee  at  the  date  of  this  report  are  Phil  Lockyer 
(Chair), Betsy Donaghey and Colin Wise. 

Attendance at meetings and engagement with the business 

Details of the number of meetings of the Board and each standing Committee during the year, and 
each Director’s attendance at those meetings, are set out in the Directors Report.  Every Director 
has a standing invitation to attend any committee meeting and to receive committee papers. 

All Directors visit St Barbara’s mining operations periodically and meet with Management regularly 
to gain a better understanding of the Company’s business. 

Independent professional advice and access to Company information. 

As specified in the Board Charter and individual letters of appointment, Directors have the right of 
access  to  all  Company  information  and  to  the  Company’s  Management.  Subject  to  prior 
consultation with the Chairman, Directors may seek independent advice on any issue of particular 
concern from a suitably qualified adviser, at the Company’s expense. 

Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible decision making 

The  Company  has  implemented  a  formal  set  of  behavioural  values  designed  to  uphold  high 
standards  of  integrity  and  work  performance for  the  Board,  Management, employees,  and  other 
members of the work force.  The Company vision and the values underpinning it are disclosed on 
the Company's website.   

Employees are accountable for their conduct under a range of Company policies and procedures, 
including  safety,  environment,  equal  opportunity,  continuous  disclosure  and  trading  in  Company 
securities.  Employees  and  contractors  are  also  made  aware  of  acceptable  behaviour  through 
induction  programs,  on-going  training  and  development  and  contact  with  senior  staff  who  are 
encouraged to lead by example. 

Procedures  are  in  place  to  record  and  publicly  report  each  Director's  shareholdings  in  the 
Company.  

The  Company  Secretary  is  responsible  for  investigating  any  reports  of  unethical  practices  and 
reporting the outcomes to the Managing Director & CEO or the Board, as appropriate. 

The Company has not enshrined its values into a formal code of ethics at this time as it considers 
that  all  matters  describing,  prescribing  and  underpinning  ethical  behaviour  are  contained  in  the 
values and key policies outlined above. 

Page 140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Diversity 

30 JUNE 2013 

The Company’s Diversity Policy is available on the Company’s website at www.stbarbara.com.au. 
The  Policy  was  reviewed  by  the  Board  during  the  year  to  ensure  it  remains  appropriate  and  is 
operating effectively. 

The  measurable  gender  diversity  objectives  endorsed  by  the  Board  for  the  2013  financial  year1, 
and the progress made against those objectives during the year, are as follows: 

Objective 1. 

Increase the proportion of women employed across the Group to 25% by 30 June 
2018.  
During the year the number of women employed at St Barbara increased from 54 to 
58,  increasing  the  proportion  of  women  employed  from  20%  to  24%  at  30 June 
2013. 

Objective 2.  Reduce the Overall Pay Equity Gap to 15%, by 30 June 2018.  

Objective 3. 

Objective 4. 

Whilst  ABS  data  shows  that  the  Overall  Pay  Equity  Gap  in  Australia  has  increased 
slightly  over  the  reporting  period,  the  Overall  Pay  Equity  Gap  at  St  Barbara  has 
reduced from 17.7% to 15.1% at 30 June 2013.  

Increase the percentage of women who return to work after a period of Maternity 
Leave to at least 66.6%, by 30 June 2014.  
Positive progress has been made towards this objective during the reporting period. 
Two  women  commenced  Parental  Leave  and  at  the  completion,  one  returned  to 
work.  The  employee  who  returned  to  work  was  later  promoted  to  a  Level  3 
Manager role which demonstrates that having a family and a career is possible at St 
Barbara  which is  in  the spirit of the  St  Barbara Diversity Policy  and  Parental  Leave 
Guideline.  
Increase the number of women on the Board2 to 25% by 30 June 2018.  
There  has  been  no  change  with  regard  to  Board  composition  or  membership, 
therefore the percentage of women on the Board remains at 20%.  

1   The objectives set for financial year 2013 were based on St Barbara’s existing operations as at 30 June 2012. The results shown 
compare against these objectives and exclude the Pacific Operations. The objectives for FY14 will include the entire Group.  

2   The Board for the purposes of this report does not include the Managing Director and CEO. 

Page 141 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                           
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

The following tables show the number of men and women on the Board, in Executive roles and in 
the workforce: 

St Barbara Limited Gender Statistics at 30 June 20134 

Total 

No. of Men 

% Men 

No. of Women 

% Women 

Board1 

Senior Executives2 

Whole Organisation3 

5 

6 

240 

4 

5 

182 

80% 

83% 

76% 

1 

1 

58 

20% 

17% 

24% 

Notes: 
1.  The Board excludes the role of Managing Director & CEO. 
2. 
Senior Executives includes the role of Managing Director & CEO and the five most senior executives. 
3.  Whole Organisation includes the Managing Director & CEO but does not include other Board members. 
4.  To enable appropriate comparison with the FY13 objectives, which were set prior to the acquisition of the Pacific Operations, 

the above table excludes gender statistics of the Pacific Operations 

St Barbara Limited Gender Statistics at 30 June 2012 

Total 

No. of Men 

% Men 

No. of Women 

% Women 

Board1 

Senior Executives2 

Whole Organisation3 

5 

5 

275 

4 

5 

221 

80% 

100% 

80% 

1 

0 

54 

20% 

0% 

20% 

Notes: 
1.  The Board excludes the role of Managing Director & CEO. 
Senior Executives includes the role of Managing Director & CEO and the four most senior executives. 
2. 
3.  Whole Organisation includes the Managing Director & CEO but does not include other Board members. 

In accordance with the Workplace Gender Equality Act (2012), the Company submitted its annual 
public report to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency on 23 May 2013.  A copy of the report is 
available on the Company website at www.stbarbara.com.au/investors/ announcements/. 

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in financial reporting 

The function of the Audit Committee includes responsibility on behalf of the Board for reviewing 
the  integrity  of  financial  reporting.  The  Audit  Committee  reviews  the  principles  governing  the 
Company’s  relationship with  its  external auditor.  The  Board  considers  that  the  external  auditor’s 
process of partner rotation is sufficient to maintain independence of the external audit function. 

The Company has an internal audit function to review, independently of the external auditor, key 
financial controls and systems. That function is managed by an independent accounting firm which 
reports directly to the Audit Committee. 

Page 142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure 

St  Barbara  seeks  to  provide  relevant  up-to-date  information  to  its  shareholders  and  the  broader 
investment  community  in  accordance  with  the  continuous  disclosure  requirements  of  the  ASX 
Listing Rules and Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).  

The  Company  has  implemented,  and  periodically  updates,  a  Continuous  Disclosure  and  External 
Communication Policy to ensure that information considered material to the share price is lodged 
with the ASX as soon as practicable and within ASX Listing Rule timelines.  

Other  relevant  information,  including  Company  presentations,  are  also  subject  to  a  structured 
process of internal review, disclosed to the ASX and posted on the Company’s website. 

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders 

The  Company  has  a  practice  of  regular  engagement  with  shareholders  in  Australia  and  overseas 
and  conducts  regular  analyst  briefings.    These  activities  are  supported  by  the  publication  of  the 
Annual Report, Quarterly Reports, public announcements and the posting of ASX releases on the 
Company website immediately after their disclosure on the ASX.  Shareholders can elect to receive 
email notification of announcements.   

Shareholders  are  encouraged  to  attend  the  Annual  General  Meeting  and  any  other  meetings  of 
shareholders,  to  use  the  opportunity  to  ask  questions  and  personally  vote  on  shareholder 
resolutions.  The  external  auditor  attends the Annual  General Meeting  and  is  available  to  answer 
questions in relation to the audit of the financial statements. 

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk 

Risk assessment and management are central to how the Company conducts its business through 
an  enterprise  wide  risk  management  framework  which  delivers  enhanced  risk  reporting  and 
control  mechanisms  designed  to  ensure  that  strategic,  operational,  legal,  reputational,  financial 
and other risks are identified, assessed and managed.  

The financial reporting and control mechanisms are reviewed during the year by Management, the 
Audit  Committee,  the  internal  audit  function  and  the  external  auditor.  The  Board  receives  an 
annual declaration from the Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer in accordance with 
section  295A  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  (Cth)  that  the  Company’s  financial  statements  are 
founded  on  a  sound  system  of  risk  management  and  internal  control  and  that  the  system  is 
operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.  

The Company has policies to manage risk in the areas of Health and Safety, Environment and Equal 
Employment Opportunity. The Board regularly reviews the high level risks within the business and 
the effectiveness of the Company’s management of those risks.  

Page 143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly 

The  Remuneration  Committee  provides  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration  of 
the  Managing  Director  &  CEO,  other  senior  executives  and  Non-Executive  Directors.  The 
Committee also reviews and approves all remuneration consultancy contracts for key management 
personnel remuneration and receives any remuneration recommendations. 

Non Executive Remuneration  

The remuneration of the Non Executive Directors is in the form of fixed fees consistent with their 
independence and impartiality. There are no retirement benefits paid to Non Executive Directors. 
Independent  expert  remuneration  advice  is  considered  from  time  to  time  in  determining 
remuneration for the Chairman and Non Executive Directors, respectively.   

Executive Remuneration  

The Remuneration Committee provides recommendations to the Board on all aspects of executive 
remuneration  including  fixed  remuneration,  short  term  incentives  and  long  term  incentives.  It 
utilises independent expert advice and surveys as appropriate to benchmark remuneration against 
contemporary resources industry data.  

Further  details  of  Director  and  Executive  Management  remuneration  for  the  2013  financial  year 
are set out in the Directors’ Report. 

Page 144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Shareholder Information  

Twenty Largest Shareholders 
Ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 September 2013 

Rank 

Name 

Units  % of Units 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

JP MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED  

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

127,962,533 

102,056,621 

100,609,563 

22,040,992 

19,825,892 

4,246,269 

3,658,274 

2,263,075 

2,021,204 

2,020,175 

ABN AMRO CLEARING SYDNEY NOMINEES PTY LTD  

1,270,793 

MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

SFB INVESTMENTS PTY LIMITED  

QIC LIMITED 

COLIN WISE CONSULTING PTY LTD  

NORTHWEST ACCOUNTING PTY LTD  

AMP LIFE LIMITED 

MR LAWRENCE ARMSTRONG JOHNSTON + MRS ANNE BRIDGET 
JOHNSTON  

1,270,657 

1,250,430 

1,200,000 

1,125,866 

1,035,875 

934,657 

824,792 

600,000 

26.2 

20.9 

20.6 

4.5 

4.1 

0.9 

0.7 

0.4 

0.4 

0.4 

0.3 

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

20. 

MR ATTILIO BRUNO LONGO + MRS HELEN ANNE LONGO 

Total top 20 holders of ordinary fully paid shares 

Total remaining holders balance 

600,000 

396,369,596 

91,704,481 

0.1 

81.2 

18.8 

Page 145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

30 JUNE 2013 

Distribution of Shareholdings 
Ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 September 2013 

Range 

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001 and over 

Total 

Total 
Holders 

3,988 

4,283 

1,321 

1,488 

145 

Shares 

1,694,562 

10,843,549 

10,067,541 

43,020,403 

422,448,022 

11,225 

488,074,077 

% of Issued 
Capital 

0.3 

2.2 

2.1 

8.8 

86.6 

100.0 

Unmarketable Parcels 
Ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 September 2013 

Minimum $500 parcel at $0.555 per unit 

Total 
Holders 

3,694 

Shares 

Minimum 
Parcel Size 

1,406,597 

901 

Substantial Shareholders 
Ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 September 2013 

Name 

M&G Investment Management Ltd 

Baker Steel Capital 

Franklin Resources Inc 

Van Eck Associates Corporation 

Shares  % of Shares 

93,372,398 

33,419,181 

32,521,607 

27,099,922 

19.1 

6.8 

6.7 

5.6 

Page 146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ST BARBARA LIMITED 

Corporate Directory 

30 September 2013 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
Chairman 
S J C Wise  
Managing Director & CEO 
T J Lehany  
D W Bailey  
Non-Executive Director 
E A Donaghey   Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
P C Lockyer  
Non-Executive Director 
R K Rae  
Non-Executive Director 
I L Scotland  
(appointed 30 Sep 2013) 

SHARE REGISTRY 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
GPO Box 2975 
Melbourne Victoria 3001 Australia 

Telephone (within Australia): 1300 653 935 
Telephone (international): +61 3 9415 4356 
Facsimile: +61 3 9473 2500 

COMPANY SECRETARY 
R J Kennedy 

REGISTERED OFFICE 
Level 10, 432 St Kilda Road 
Melbourne Victoria 3004 Australia 

Telephone: +61 3 8660 1900 
Facsimile: +61 3 8660 1999 
Email: melbourne@stbarbara.com.au 
Website: www.stbarbara.com.au 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
Shares in St Barbara Limited are quoted on 
the Australian Securities Exchange 
Ticker Symbol: SBM 

  BANKER 

National Australia Bank 
500 Bourke Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

  AUDITOR 
KPMG 
147 Collins Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

SOLICITOR 
Ashurst 
181 William Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABN 36 009 165 066